HP PAVILLION DV7 Maintenance And Service Manual
HP Pavilion dv7 Notebook PC Maintenance and Service Guide
© Copyright 2011 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. AMD, the AMD Arrow log o, Athlon, Phenom, Sempron, Turion, and combinations thereof, are trademarks of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by Hewlett-Packard Company under license. Intel, Celeron, Core, and Pentium are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. Microsoft and Windows are U.S. registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. SD Logo is a trademark of its proprietor. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. Second Edition: May 2011 First Edition: January 2011 Document Part Number: 635468-003
Safety warning notice WARNING! To reduce the possibilit y of heat-rela ted in juries or of overheating the device, do not place the device directly on your lap or obstruct t he device air vents. Use the device only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow anot her hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or ru gs or clothing, to bloc k airflo w. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to c ontact the skin or a soft surface, such as pillo ws or rugs or clothing, dur ing operat ion. The device and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessible surface temperatur e limits define d by the International Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment (I EC 60950). iii
iv Safety warning notice
Table of contents 1 Product description ............. ............... .............. ............. ............. ................ .............. ...... ... 1 2 External component identification ...................... ............ ........... ............. ........... ............ .. 11 Top ......... .......... .......... ........ .......... ........... .......... .......... .......... ........ .......... .......... ....... ........... 12 Buttons .......... .......... ............ ............ ........... .......... ............ ............ .......... ............ .... 12 Keys ............ ............. ........... ............ ............. ............. ........... ............. ............. ....... 13 Lights ........... .......... ........ ........... .......... ........... ........ .......... ........... .......... .......... ....... 15 TouchPad ............... .............. .............. ............ ............. .............. .............. .............. . 16 Display ........... ............ ......... ............. ............ ............ .......... ............. ............ ............ ... ....... ... 17 Front ............. ............... ........... ............... .............. .............. ............ ............. .............. ............ 18 Left side ...... .......... ........... ........... .......... ......... .......... ........... .......... .......... ......... .......... ........ ... 19 Right side ........... ........... ........ ........... ........... .......... ......... ........... .......... ........... ........... .. ...... .... 20 Bottom ............. .............. ........... ............. .............. ............ ........... .............. .............. .... .......... 21 3 Illustrated parts catalog ................... ................... ..................... ................... .................... 22 Service tag ............ ........... ......... ........... ........... ........... ........... ........ ........... ........... ......... ......... 23 Computer major components ......... ............... ............ ............. ............... ............... ............... ..... 2 4 Display assembly subcomponents ....... ............. ........... ............. ............. ............. ............ ........... 33 Mass stora ge devi ces .... .......... ......... ........ .......... ......... ........ ......... ......... ........ ......... .......... ... ... 34 Miscellaneous parts ........ ........... .......... ........... ........... .......... ........... ........... .......... ........... ... ..... 35 Sequential part number listing .............. ............. ............. ............. ............ ............. ............. ..... .. 36 4 Rem oval an d replaceme nt proc edures .............. ........... .............. .............. .............. ......... 4 6 Prelimi nary repl acement req uirements . .......... ........ .......... ......... .......... ......... .......... ......... .......... . 46 Tools required ....... .............. ........... .............. .............. ............. ............. .............. ..... 46 Service considerat ions ...... .......... ........ ......... .......... ......... .......... ........ .......... ........ ..... 46 Plastic parts ... ............ .......... ............ ............. ............ ............ .......... ......... 46 Cables a nd conn ectors .......... ............ ........... ................ ............ ........... ..... 46 Drive handling ....... ............. .......... ............. ............. .............. ............. ...... 47 Grounding guidelines ....... ............ ........... ............ ........... ............ ........... ............ ...... 47 Electrostatic discharge damage ............ ........... ............ ............. ............ ...... 47 v
Packaging a nd transpo rting guidel ines ........................................ 49 Component re placemen t procedur es ........................................................ ................................ 51 Service tag ........ ....... .......... ........ ........... ........ .......... ........ ......... .......... ........ ........ .... 51 Computer feet ... .......... .......... .......... ........... .......... .......... ........... ........ .......... .......... .. 52 Battery . ........ .......... ......... .......... ....... ......... .......... ......... ........ .......... ......... .......... ..... 52 Optical dr ive ..... .............. .......... ........... .............. ............ .......... .............. ........... ..... 53 Hard drive ................. .................... ..................... ................. ................. ................. 56 RTC battery . .............. ............ ................. ............. .............. ............... .............. ........ 60 Memory module ......... ........... .......... ............ ........... ............ ............ ............ ........... .. 61 WLAN module .......... .............. .............. ........... .............. ............. .............. ............. . 62 Keyboard ........ ......... ........... ........... ........... ........... ......... ........... ........... ........... ........ 65 Top cover .......... ............ ........... ............ ............ ........... .......... ........... ............ .......... 68 Fingerprint reader board ..... ..... ........... .......... ........... ............ ........... ............ ......... .... 72 Power button board ........ ........... ............ ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... 74 Display lid switch bo ard ................................... ........................................ ............... 76 SD Card reader board ...... ............. ........... .............. ............. ............ .............. .......... 78 Blueto oth module .......... ............................. ....................... ............................ .......... 80 USB bo ard ......... ............ ............ .......... ........... ............... ........... ........... ............ ...... 82 Front speake rs ................ .................. ................ .............. .................. ................ ...... 84 Power c onnector cabl e ............................ ............................ ............................... ..... 86 System board ..... .................. ............... ..................... ................. ............... .............. 87 Fan/heat sink assemb ly .................... ................. ................. ...................... ............... 91 Proce ssor .......... ............ .................. ............. .............. .................. ............. ............. 95 Optical dr ive cab le ................ ............................ ...................... ..................... .......... 99 Rear sp eakers .. ........ ........ ........ ........... ........ ........ .......... ......... ........ ........ .......... ..... 100 Subwoo fer .............. ........................ .................. ........................ ................... ........ 102 Display assembly ....... .................. ................ .............. .................... .............. ......... 103 5 Setup Utility (BIO S) and System Diagn ostics .................................................................. 111 Using Se tup Util ity ........ ........ .......... ........ ........ .......... ......... ........ ........ ........... ........ ........ ... ..... 111 Startin g Setup Utili ty ......... ................ ............ ................. ............ ................ ............ 111 Changin g the language o f Setup Utili ty ........... ........... ........... ......... .......... ........... ..... 111 Navigati ng and selecting i n Setup U tility ...... ......... ............ ........... ............ .......... ...... 112 Displaying system i nformatio n .................... ...................................................... ....... 112 Restoring facto ry settings in Setup Ut i lity ................................................................... 113 Exitin g Setup Utility ........................... ......................................... ........................... 113 Updating the BIOS ..... ............... .......... ............ ............... ........... ........... ............... .. 113 Determining the BI OS version ...................... ............................................ 114 Downloadi ng a BIOS u pdate .......... .......... ........... ............ .......... ............ .. 114 Using System Diagnostics .......... ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... .......... ........... ........... ..... 115 vi
6 Specifi cations ............ ................. ........... ............ ............... ............. ............ ............... .. .. 116 Device specific ations .. ........... .......... .............. ......... ........... ............. ........... ............ .......... .. ... 116 17.3- inch display s pecifi cations .... .......... ........... ......... ............. ......... ............ .......... ........... .... 117 Hard drive sp ecifica tions ...... ......................... ................... ........................ ..................... ...... . 118 7 Backup and recovery ............... ........................... ................... ........................ ............... 119 Restore .. ................ ............ ........... ............ ................ ........... ............ ................ ........... ........ 119 Creating restore media ......... ............. ........ ............. ......... .......... ............. .......... ........ ........... . 120 Performing a syste m restore .. .......... .......... .......... .... ................ .......... .......... ........ .......... ......... 121 Restoring u sing the dedi cated recov ery partition (select mod els only) ........................... 121 Restoring using the re store me dia .... ........... ......... ........... ........... .......... ............ ........ 122 Changing the computer boot or der ...... .............. .............. ............. .............. ........... .. 122 Backing up an d recove ring your info rmation ............ ................................... ........................ .... 123 Using Windo ws Backup and Res tore ......... ................. ................... ................. ......... 124 Using Windo ws system restor e points ............... ................. ................... ............. ...... 124 When to cre ate restore points ...... ............. ........... .............. .......... ............ 124 Create a system restore point .... ............ ............. ............ ............ ............ .. 125 Restore to a previous date a nd time .......... .......... .......... ......... ............ ....... 125 8 Power cord set requ irements .............. .......... ........ ........... .......... ............ ........ .......... ..... 126 Require ments for al l countrie s ............. .................. ................... ............... ...................... ......... 126 Requirem ents for sp ecific cou ntries and re gions ............... ................................................... ..... 127 9 Recycling ............. ............ ............... .............. .............. ............ .............. ............... ..... .... 128 Battery ........ .......... ........... ........... ......... ............ ........... ........... ......... ............ ........... .... ......... 128 Display .... ........ ......... ........... ........ ........... ......... ........ ........... ......... ........ .......... ......... .... ...... .. 128 Index ................... ............... ................... ................. ................. ................ .................. . ..... 134 vii
viii
1 Product description Category Description Computer models equipped with an AMD processor Comput er models equipped with an Intel processor Produc t Name HP Pavilion dv7 Notebook PC ââ Proces sors AMD A8-3530MX 2.60-GHz processor, (1.90- GHz FSB, 4.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 45 W) â AMD A8-3510MX 2.50-GHz processor (1.80- GHz FSB, 4.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 45 W) â AMD A8-3500M 2.40-GHz processor (1.50-GHz FSB, 4.0- MB L2 cache, quad core, 35 W) â AMD A6-3410MX 2.30-GHz processor (1.60-GHz FSB, 2.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 45 W) â AMD A6-3400M 2.30-GHz processor (1.40-GHz FSB, 4.0- MB L2 cache, quad core, 35 W) â AMD A4-3310MX 2.50-GHz processor (2.10-GHz FSB, 2.0-MB L2 cache, dual core, 45 W) â AMD A4-3300M 2.50-GHz processor (1.90-GHz FSB, 2.0- MB L2 cache, dual core, 35 W) â AMD E2 -3000M 2. 40-GHz pro cessor (1 .80-GHz FSB, 4. 0- MB L2 cache, quad core, 35 W) â AMD Athlon II N370 2.50-GHz processor (1.0-M B L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.2-GT/ second, dual core, 35 W) â AMD Athlon II P340 2.20-GHz processor (1.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.2-GT/ second, dual core, 25 W) â AMD Athlon II P360 2.30-GHz processor (2.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 25 W) â AMD Phenom II N850 2.20-GHz processor (1.5-MB L2 cache, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, triple core, 35 W) â 1
Category Des cription Compute r models equipped with an AMD processor Comput er models equipped with an Intel processor AMD Phenom II P960 1.80-GHz processor (2.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, quad core, 25 W) â AMD Phenom II P860 2.00-GHz processor (1.5-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, triple core, 25 W) â AMD Phenom II P650 2.60-GHz processor (2.0-MB L2 cache, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 25 W) â AMD Phenom II N660 3.00-GHz processor (2.0-MB L2 cache, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/second, dual core, 35 W) â AMD Phenom II N870 2.30-GHz processor (1.5-MB L2 cache, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, triple core, 35 W) â AMD Phenom II N970 2.20-GHz processor (2.0-MB L2 cache, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, quad core, 35 W) â AMD Turion II N570 2.70-GHz processor (2.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 35 W) â AMD Turion II N560 2.50-GHz processor (2.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 35 W) â Intel Quad Core i7-2820QM 2.30-GHz (turbo up to 3.10- GHz) processor (1600-MHz FSB, 8-M B L3 cache, 45 W) â Intel Quad Core i7-2720QM 2.20-GHz (turbo up to 3.00- GHz) processor (1600-MHz FSB, 6-M B L3 cache, 45 W) â Intel Quad Core i7-2630QM 2.00-GHz (turbo up to 2.90- GHz) processor (1600-MHz FSB, 6-M B L3 cache, 45 W) â Intel Dual Core i7-2620M 2.70-GHz (t urbo up to 3.40- GHz) processor (1333-MHz FSB, 4-M B L3 cache, 35 W) â Intel Dual Core i5-2540M 2.60-GHz (t urbo up to 3.30- GHz) processor (1333-MHz FSB, 3-M B L3 cache, 35 W) â Intel Dual Core i5-2520M 2.50-GHz (t urbo up to 3.20- GHz) processor (1333-MHz FSB, 3-M B L3 cache, 35 W) â Intel Dual Core i5-2430M 2.40-GHz (SC turbo up to 3.00- GHz) processor (3.0-MB L3 cache, 35 W) â Intel Dual Core i5-2410M 2.30-GHz (t urbo up to 2.90- GHz) processor (3-MB L3 cach e, 35 W) â 2 Chapter 1 Product descripti on
Category Description Computer models equipped with an AMD processor Comput er models equipped with an Intel processor Intel Dual Core i3-2350M 2.30-GHz processor (3.0-MB L3 cache, 35 W) â Intel Dual Core i3-2330M 2.20-GHz processor (3.0-MB L3 cache, 35 W) â Intel Dual Core i3-2310M 2.10-GHz processor (3-MB L3 cache, 35 W) â Intel Pentium B950 TJ85 2.10-GHz processor (2.0-MB L3 cache, dual core, 35 W) â Intel Pentium B940 TJ85 2.00-GHz processor (2.0-MB L3 cache, dual core, 35 W) â Chipset ATI RS880M - AMD M880G with ATI Mobility Radeon HD 4250 Northbridge: AMD RS880MD Southbridge: AMD SB820M â Intel® HM65 Express chipset â 3
Category Des cription Compute r models equipped with an AMD processor Comput er models equipped with an Intel processor Graphics Internal graphics: â AMD Radeon⢠HD 6620G graphics on comp uter models equipped with an AMD A8 processor â AMD Radeon HD 6520G graphics on com puter models equipped with an AMD A6 processor â AMD Radeon HD 6480G graphics on com puter models equipped with an AMD A4 processor â ATI Mobility Radeon HD 4250 graphics with 128-MB sideport memory (64-MBÃ16 DDR3 800 @ 900 MHz) supporting DX10.1 on computer models equipped with an AMD Athlon, Phenom, and Turion processor Switchable discrete gr aphics: â AMD RadeonT HD 6755G2 graphics on computer models equipped with an AMD A8 or A6 processor; supports bus alive/chip off (BACO), dual graphics, HD decode, DX11, and HDMI â AMD RadeonT HD 6645G2 graphics on computer models equipped with an AMD A8 processor; supports BACO, dual graphics, HD decode, DX11, and HDMI â AMD RadeonT HD 6545G2 graphics on computer models equipped with an AMD A6 processor; supports BACO, dual graphics, HD decode, DX11, and HDMI â AMD RadeonT HD 6515G2 graphics on computer models equipped with an AMD A4 processor; supports BACO, dual graphics, HD decode, DX11, and HDMI â AMD Pro (AMD Radeon HD 6650M) with 1024-MB of discrete video memory (64-MBÃ16 DDR3 800 @ 900 MHz à 8 PCs); 128-bit M2 package muxless switchable â ATi XT with 512-MB of discrete video memory (64- MBÃ16 DDR3 800 @ 900 MHz à 4 PCs ); 64-bit M2 package muxless switchable â 4 Chapter 1 Product descripti on
Category Description Computer models equipped with an AMD processor Comput er models equipped with an Intel processor Internal graphics: â Intel HD Graphics 3000 â Intel HD Graphics Switchable discrete gr aphics: â ATI XT Radeon HD 6770M M2 package with 2048- MB of discrete video memory (64-MB Ã 32 GDDR 5 Ã 8 PCs, 5 Gbps); muxless, support for BACO â ATI XT Radeon HD 6770M M2 package with 1024- MB of discrete video memory (32-MB Ã 32 GDDR 5 Ã 8 PCs, 5 Gbps); muxless, support for BACO â ATI XT Radeon HD 6490M M2 package with 1024- MB of discrete video memory (64-MB Ã 32 GDDR 5 Ã 4 PCs, 5Gbps); muxless, support for BACO â Support HD decode, DX11, and HDMI â Panel 17.3-in, WVA AntiGlare (1920Ã108 0), full high-definition (FHD), light-emitting diode (LED ) display; typical brightness: 300 nits 17.3-in, SVA BrightView (1600Ã900), hig h-definition (HD ), LED, display; typical brightness: 200 nits All display assemblies incl ude 2 wireless local area network (WLAN) antenna cables Supports 16:9 ultra wide aspect ratio Supports low-voltage differential signalling (LVDS) Lighted logo on top bezel ââ Memory 2 customer-accessible/upgradable memory module slots ââ Supports dual-channel memory ââ Supports up to 8192 GB of system RAM ââ DDR3/1333-MHz ââ Supports the following configurations: â 8192-MB total sys tem memory (4096Ã2) â 6144-MB total sys tem memory (4096Ã1 2048Ã1) â 4096-MB total sys tem memory (4096Ã1 or 2048Ã2) â 3072-MB total sys tem memory (2048Ã1 1024Ã1) â 2048-MB total sys tem memory (2048Ã1 or 1024Ã2) â 5
Category Des cription Compute r models equipped with an AMD processor Comput er models equipped with an Intel processor Supports the following configurations: â 16384-MB total system memory (8192Ã2) â 12288-MB total system memory (8192Ã1 4096à 1) â 8192-MB total sys tem memory (8192Ã1 or 4096Ã2) â 6144-MB total sys tem memory (4096Ã1 2048Ã1) â 4096-MB total sys tem memory (4096Ã1 or 2048Ã2) â 3072-MB total sys tem memory (2048Ã1 1024Ã1) â 2048-MB total sys tem memory (2048Ã1 or 1024Ã2) â Hard d rive s Supports 6.35-cm (2.5-in) hard drives in 12.7-mm (.50- in), 9.5-mm (.37-in), and 7.0-mm (.28-in) thicknesses ââ Customer-accessible ââ Accelerometer hard drive protection support ââ Supports up to 2 hard drives ââ Supports 160-GB solid-state drive (solid-state drive) â Serial ATA ââ Supports 500 GB, 7200 rpm, 9 .5 mm hard drive 160 GB solid-state drive combination â Supports the following double hard drive configurations: â 2 TB (1 TB, 5400 rpm, 12.7 mm à 2) â 1500 GB (750 GB, 7200 rpm , 9.5 mm à 2) â 1500 GB (750 GB, 5400 rpm , 9.5 mm à 2) Supports the following double hard drive configurations: â 1 TB, 5400 rpm, 12.7 mm â 750 GB, 7200 and 5400 rpm, 9.5 mm â 640 GB, 7200 and 5400 rpm, 9.5 mm â 500 GB, 7200 and 5400 rpm, 9.5 mm â 320 GB, 7200 and 5400 rpm, 9.5 and 7.0 mm â 250 GB, 7200 rpm, 9.5 and 7.0 mm ââ Optical drive Fixed ââ Serial ATA ââ 6 Chapter 1 Product descripti on
Category Description Computer models equipped with an AMD processor Comput er models equipped with an Intel processor 12.7-mm tray load ââ Supports Blu-ray Disc ROM with SuperMulti DVD±R/RW Double-Layer Drive with LightScribe â Supports Blu-ray Disc R/RW with SuperMulti DVD±R/RW Double-Layer Drive with LightScribe ââ Supports DVD±RW Double-Layer LightScribe SuperMulti Drive ââ Supports zero-power optical drive (computer models equipped with AMD Athlon, Phenom, and Turion processors) ââ Audio an d video Dual array digital microphones with appropriate beam- forming, echo-cancellation, noise-suppression software ââ HD audio ââ Quad speakers ââ HP Beats audio ââ HP triple bass reflex subwoofer ââ HP TrueVision low-light HD VGA webcam (f ixed, no tilt with activity LED, 1280Ã800 by 30 frames per second ââ Ethernet Integrated 10/100/1000 network interface card (NIC) ââ Wireless Integrated wireless local area network (WLAN) options by way of wireless module ââ Two WLAN antennas buil t into display assembly ââ 7
Category Des cription Compute r models equipped with an AMD processor Comput er models equipped with an Intel processor Support for the following WLAN formats: â Atheros 9485GN 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and 3012 Bluetooth 4.0 Combo Adapter â Atheros AR9285 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi Adapter â Broadcom 4313 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi Adapt er â Broadcom 4313 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and 2070 Bluetooth 2.1 EDR Combo adapter (BT3.0HS ready) â Broadcom 4313GN 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and 20702 Bluetooth 4.0 Combo Adapter â Ralink RT3090BC4 802.11 b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and Bluetooth 2.1 EDR Combo adapter (BT3.0HS ready) â Ralink 5390GN 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi Adapter â Realtek RTL8188CE 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and Bluetooth 4.0LE Combo Adapter ââ Support for the following WLAN formats: â Atheros AR9002WB-1NGB 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and Bluetooth 2.1EDR Combo Adapter (BT3.0 HS ready) â Realtek 8188BC8 802.11a/b/g/n 2Ã2 WiFi and Bluetooth 3.0 HS Combo Adapter â Realtek 8188GN 802.11 b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi Adapter â Support for the following WLAN formats: â Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6 230 â Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1000 802.11b/g/n 1Ã2 WLAN module â Intel Centrino Wireless-N WiMAX 6150 â External me dia card Digital Media Slot supports the following digital card formats: â MultiMediaCard â Secure Digital (SD) Memo ry Card â Secure Digital High Capacity Memory card â Secure Digital Extended Capacity Memory Card ââ HP Multi-Format digital Media Reader support SD/SDHC/ SDXC with UHS104 support, MMC push-push insertion and removal ââ 8 Chapter 1 Product descripti on
Category Description Computer models equipped with an AMD processor Comput er models equipped with an Intel processor Ports â 3-pin AC power â Audio-in (mono microphone) â Audio-out (stereo headphone) â HDMI version 1.4 supporting up to 1080p, 1920Ã1200 @ 60Hz and 1920Ã1200 @ 60H z in DVI mode â RJ-45 (Ethernet, includes link and activity lights) â USB 2.0 (3 ports) â VGA (Dsub 15 pin) supporting 2048Ã15 36 external resolution @ 85 and 75 Hz, 1920Ã1200 external resolution @ 60Hz, hot plug and unplug and auto- detection for correct output to wide-aspect vs. standard aspect video ââ Keyboard/ pointing devices Full-size, Dura-coat, island-style keyboard with full numeric keypad ââ TouchPad with multi-touch gestures, 2-finger scrolling, and pinch-zoom enabled ââ Taps enabled by default ââ Power requirements 90W slim travel AC adapter with localized cable plug support (3-wire plug with gr ound pin, supports 3-pin DC connector) 65W slim travel AC adapter with localized cable plug support (3-wire plug with gr ound pin, supports 3-pin DC connector) ââ 120W slim travel AC adapter with localized cable plug support (3-wire plug with gr ound pin, supports 3-pin DC connector) â Support for the following batteries: â 9-cell, 3.00-Ah (100-Wh) Li-ion battery â 6-cell, 2.80-Ah (62-Wh) Li-ion battery â 6-cell, 2.55-Ah (55-Wh) Li-ion battery Supports fast charge ââ Security Security cable slot Fingerprint reader with Digital Persona software support ââ Supports Intel AT-p Ready â 9
Category Des cription Compute r models equipped with an AMD processor Comput er models equipped with an Intel processor Operating system Preinstalled: â Windows 7 Home Basic â Windows 7 Home Premium â Windows 7 Professional â RedFlag â FreeDOS ââ Serviceabi lity End-user replaceable parts: â AC adapter â Battery â Hard drives (2) â Memory modules (2) â Optical drive â WLAN module ââ 10 Chapter 1 Produc t descripti on
2 External component identification 11
Top Buttons Item Component Description (1) Power button â When the computer is off, press the button to turn on the computer. â When the computer is on, press the button briefly to initiate Sleep. â When the computer is in the Sleep state, press the button briefly to exit Sleep. â When the computer is in Hibernation, press the button briefly to exit Hibernation. If the computer has stopped responding and Windows shutdown procedures are ineffe ctive, press and hold the power button for at least 5 seconds to turn off the computer. To learn more about your power settings, select Start > Control Panel > System a nd Sec urity > Power Options , or refer to the HP Notebook Reference Guide . 12 Chapter 2 Ext ernal component identif ication
Item Component Description (2) Web browser Opens a Web browser. NOTE: Until you set up your Internet or network services, this button opens the Internet Connection Wizard. (3) Fingerprint reader (selec t models only) Allows a fingerprin t logon to Windows instead of a password logon. Keys Item Component Description (1) esc key Display s syste m inform atio n when pressed in combination with the fn key. (2) fn key Executes frequently used sy stem functions when pressed in combination with the b key, the esc key, or the num lk key. (3) Windows logo key Displays the Windows Start menu. Top 13
Item Component Description (4) b key Increases or decreases the Beats Audio bass settings. Beats Audio is an enhanced au dio profile that provides a deep, controlled bass while maintaining a clear sound. Beats Audio is enabled by default. You can also view and control the bass settings through the Windows operating system. To view and control the bass properties: â Select Start > Program s > Beats A udio Control Panel > List ening Experience . â or â â Select Start > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Beats Audio Control Panel > Listening Expe rience . (5) Windows applications key Displays a shortc ut menu for items beneath the pointer. (6) Integrated numeric keypad When the keyp ad has been enabled, the keys can be used like an external numeric keypad. (7) num lk key Enables/disables the integrated numeric keypad when pressed in combination with the fn key. (8) Action keys Execute frequently used system func tions. 14 Chapter 2 Ext ernal component identif ication
Lights Item Component Description (1) Caps lock light â White: Caps lock is on. â Off: Caps lock is off. (2) Power ligh t â White: The computer is on. â Blinking white: The com puter is in the Sleep state. â Off: The computer is off or in Hibernation. (3) Mute light â White: Computer sound is on. â Amber: Computer sound is off. (4) Wireless light â White: An integrated wireless device, such as a wireless local area network (WLAN) device and/or a Bluetooth device, is on. â Amber: All wireless devices are off. (5) TouchPad on light â On: The TouchPad is on. â Off: The TouchPad is off. (6) TouchPad off light â Off: The TouchPad is on. â On: The TouchPad is off. (7) Fingerprint reader light (select models only) â White: The fingerprint was read. â Amber: The fingerprint was not read. Top 15
TouchPad Item Component Description (1) TouchPad off light â Off: The TouchPad is on. â On: The TouchPad is off. (2) TouchPad icon Turns the TouchPad on and off. Quickly double-tap the TouchPad icon to turn the TouchPad on and off. (3) TouchPad zone Moves the pointer an d selects or activates items on the screen. (4) Left TouchPad button Functions like th e left button on an external mouse. (5) TouchPad on light â On: The TouchPad is on. â Off: The TouchPad is off. (6) Right TouchPad button Functions like th e right button on an external mouse. 16 Chapter 2 Ext ernal component identif ication
Display Item Component Description (1) WLAN antennas (2)* Send and receive wireless signals to com municate with wireless local area networks (WLAN). (2) Internal microphones (2) Record sound. (3) Webcam light On: The webcam is in use. (4) Webcam Records video and captures still photographs. To use the webcam, select Start > All Programs > CyberLink YouCam > CyberLink YouCam . *The antennas are not visible from the ou tside of the computer. For optimal transm is sion, keep the areas immediately around the antennas free from obstructions. To see wireless reg ulatory notices, refer to the section of the Reg ulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices that applies to your country or region. Th ese notices are located in Help and Support. Display 17
Front Item Component Description (1) Speakers (2) Produce sound. (2) Digital Media Slot Supports the fo llowing digital card formats: â MultiMediaCard â Secure Digital (SD) Card 18 Chapter 2 Ext ernal component identif ication
Left side Item Component Description (1) Vent Enables airflow to c ool internal components. NOTE: The computer fan starts up automatically to cool internal components and preven t overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off during routine operation. (2) External monitor port Connects an external VGA monitor or projector. (3) HDMI port Connects an optional video or audio device, such as a high-definition television, or any compatible digital or audio component. (4) RJ-45 (network) jack Conn ects a network cable. (5) SuperSpeed USB ports (2) Connect op tiona l USB 3.0 devices and provide enhanced USB power performance (on ly on computer models equipped with an AMD A8, A6, A 4, or E2 processor). NOTE: The SuperSpeed USB ports are also compatible with USB 1.0 and 2.0 devices. (6) Audio-in (microphone) jack Connects an optional computer headset microphone, stereo array microphone, or monaural microphone. (7) Audio-out (headphone) jacks (2) Produce sound when connected to optional powered stereo speakers, headphones, ear buds, a headset, or television audio. WARNING! To reduce the risk o f personal injury, adjust the volume before putting on headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, refer to the Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices. NOTE: When a device is connected to a jack, the computer speakers are disabled. Left side 19
Right side Item Component Description (1) Power ligh t â White: The computer is on. â Blinking white: The com puter is in the Sleep state. â Off: The computer is o ff or in Hibernation. (2) Drive light â Blinking white: The hard drive is being accessed. â Amber: HP ProtectSmart Hard Drive Protection has temporarily parked the hard drive. NOTE: For information on HP ProtectSmart Hard Drive Protection, refer to the HP Note book Reference Guide . (3) USB ports (2) Connect optional USB devices. (4) Optical drive Reads and writes to an optical disc. (5) Optical drive light â White: The optical drive is being accessed. â Amber: The optical drive is off. (6) Optical drive eject button Eject s the optical disc. (7) AC adapter light â White: The computer is connected to ex ternal power and the battery is fully charged. â Amber: The battery is charging. â Off: The computer is not c onnected to external power. (8) Power connector Connects an AC adapter. (9) Security cable slot Attaches an optio nal security cable to the computer. NOTE: The security cable is designed to act as a deterrent, but it may not prev ent the computer from being mishandled or stolen. 20 Chapter 2 Ext ernal component identif ication
Bottom Item Component Description (1) Integrated subwoofer Provides superior bass sound. (2) Vents (7) Enable airflow to cool internal components. NOTE: The computer fan starts up automatically to cool internal components and preven t overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off during routine operation. (3) Battery bay Holds the battery. (4) Battery release latch Releases the batte ry from the battery bay, and releases the hard drive/memory module compartment cover. (5) Hard drive bay Holds the hard driv e and wireless LAN (WLAN) device, and contains the memory module slots. CAUTION: To prevent an unresponsive system, replace the wireless module only with a wireless module authorized for use in the comp uter by the governmental agency that regulates wireless devices in your country or region. If you replace the module and then receive a warning message, remove the module to restore computer functionality, and then contact technical support through Help and Support. Bottom 21
3 Illustrated parts catalog 22 Chapter 3 Illustra ted parts ca talog
Service tag When ordering pa rts or reques ti ng information, p rovide the computer serial number and model description provided on the service tag. (When or dering parts or requesti ng information, pro vide the computer serial nu mber and model descri ption provided on the service tag.) Item Description Function (1) Product name: This is the product name affixed to the front of the computer. (2) Serial number (s/n): This is an alphan umeric identifier that is unique to each product. (3) Part number/Product number (p/n): This numb er provides specific information about the product's hardware components. The part number helps a service technician to determine what components and parts are needed. (4) Warranty period: This number describes the duration of the warranty period for the computer. (5) Model description: This is the alphan umeric identifier needed to locate documents, drivers, and support for the computer. Service tag 23
Computer major components 24 Chapter 3 Illustra ted parts ca talog
Item Component Spare part number (1) Display assembly: 17.3-in, AntiGlare, full high-definition (FHD ), ligh t-emitting diode (LED) display assembly in aluminum finish (includes webcam, two microphones, an d wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 656295-001 17.3-in, AntiGlare, FHD, LED display assembly in steel gray finish (includes webcam, two microphones, and wireless ante nna transceivers and cables) 656296-001 17.3-in, BrightView, hig h definition (HD ), LED, low-volt age differential signaling (LVDS) display assembly in steel gray finish (i ncludes webcam, two micropho nes, and wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 654442-001 17.3-in, BrightView, HD , LED, LVDS display assem bly in regular finish (includes webcam, two microphones, and wireless antenna transcei vers and cables) 639397-001 NOTE: For more display assembly spare part information, see Display assembly subcomponents on page 33 . (2) Keyboar d (includes keyboard cable): For use with all computer models: For use in Belgium 639396-A41 For use in Canada 639396-121 For use in the Czech Republic 639396-221 For use in Denmark, Finland, and Norway 639396-DH1 For use in France 639396-051 For use in Germany 639396-041 For use in Greece 639396-DJ1 For use in Hungary 639396-211 For use in Italy 639396-061 For use in the Netherlands 639396-B31 For use in Portugal 639396-131 For use in Russia 639396-251 For use in Slovenia 639396-BA1 For use in Spain 639396-071 For use in Switzerland 639396-BG1 For use in the United Kingdom and Singapore 639396-031 For use in the United States 639396-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor: For use in Bulgaria 639396-261 For use in India 639396-D61 For use in Israel 639396-BB1 Computer major components 25
Item Component Spare part number For use in Japan 639396-291 For use in Saudi Arabia 639396-171 For use in South Korea 639396-AD1 For use in Taiwan 639396-AB1 For use in Thailand 639396-281 For use in Turkey 639396-141 (3) Top co ver (includes TouchPad and TouchPad cable and TouchPad button board and TouchPad button board cable) In steel gray finish 649947-001 In regular finish 639388-001 (4) Display lid switch board (includes cable) 647270-001 (5) Power button board (does not include cable) 640898-001 (6) Fingerprint reader board (includes bracket, but does not include cable) 640427-001 (7) SD Card reader board (does not include cable) 640899-001 (8) USB bo ard (does not in clude cable) 646434-001 Cable Kit , includes: 639402-001 (9) Power co nnector cable Not illustrated: Fingerprint reader board cable Power button board cable SD Card reader board cable TouchPad cable TouchPad button board cables USB board cable (10) Bluetooth module (for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processo r, does not include cable): EDR v.4.0 655792-001 EDR v.3.0 537921-001 (11) Bluetooth module cable (for use only with comput er models equipped with an Intel processor) 647271-001 (12) Front speakers (includes front left and right speakers and cables) 639394-001 (13) System board (includes replacemen t thermal material) : For use only with computer mode ls equipped with an AMD processor: For use only with computer models equi pped with the RS880M chipset and the HD6650 graphics subsystem with 1.0-GB of discrete memory 658833-001 26 Chapter 3 Illustra ted parts ca talog
Item Component Spare part number For use only with computer models equi pped with the RS880M chipset and the HD6470 graphics subsystem with 512-MB of discrete memory 658832-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with the RS880M chipset and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory 658831-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with the 6750 chipset and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory (includes 1024-MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 645386-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with the 6650 chipset and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory (includes 1024-MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 641576-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with the 6490 chipset and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory (includes 512-MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 645385-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with the 6470 chipset and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory (includes 512-MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 641575-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with a graphics subsystem with UMA memory (includes replacem ent thermal material) 645384-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor: For use only with computer models equippe d with the Intel HM65 chipset, an Intel Quad Core processor, and a graphics subsys tem with 2.0-GB of discrete memory 655488-001 For use only with computer models equippe d with the Intel HM65 chipset, an Intel Dual Core processor, and a graphics subsys tem with 2.0-GB of discrete memory 655489-001 For use only with computer models equippe d with the Intel HM65 chipset, an Intel Quad Core processor, and a graphic s subsyst em with UMA me mory 656292-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with the HM65 chipset, an Intel Dual Core processor, and a graphic s subsyst em with UMA me mory 651906-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with the 6770 chipset and an Intel Quad Core processor (BACO, includes 1024-M B of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 659093-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with the 6770 chipset and an Intel Quad Core processor (includes 1024-MB of discrete graphics subsystem mem ory) 639391-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with the 6770 chipset and an Intel Dual Core processor (BACO, includes 1024-M B of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 659094-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with the 6770 chipset and an Intel Dual Core processor (includes 1024-MB of discrete graphics subsystem mem ory) 639392-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with the 6490 chipset and an Intel Quad Core processor (BACO, includes 1024-M B of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 659095-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with the 6490 chipset and an Intel Quad Core processor (includes 1024-MB of discrete graphics subsystem mem ory) 639389-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with the 6490 chipset and an Intel Dual Core processor (BACO, includes 1024-M B of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 659096-001 Computer major components 27
Item Component Spare part number For use only with computer models equi pped with the 6490 chipset and an Intel Dual Core processor (includes 1024-MB of discrete graphics subsystem mem ory) 639390-001 Thermal Material Kit (includes replacement thermal pads and paste): For use only with computer models equippe d with an AMD A8, A6, A4, or E2 processor and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory 654111-001 For use only with computer models equippe d with an AMD A8, A6, A4, or E2 processor and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory 654112-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an AMD Athlon, Phenom, or Turion processor and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory 640457-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an AMD Athlon, Phenom, or Turion processor and a graphic s subsystem with UMA memo ry 640456-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with an Intel processor and a graphics subsystem with 2-GB of discrete memory 650801-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with an Intel processor and a graphics subsystem with discrete memo ry 641493-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with an Intel processor and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory 641492-001 (14) Processor (includes replacement thermal material) AMD A8-3530MX 2.60-GHz proces sor, (1.90-GHz FSB, 4.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 45 W) 653364-001 AMD A8-3510MX 2.50-GHz proces sor (1.80-GHz FSB, 4.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 45 W) 653358-001 AMD A8-3500M 2.40-GHz process or (1.50-GHz FSB, 4.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 35 W) 653350-001 AMD A6-3410MX 2.30-GHz proces sor (1.60-GHz FSB, 2.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 45 W) 653357-001 AMD A6-3400M 2.30-GHz process or (1.40-GHz FSB, 4.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 35 W) 653349-001 AMD A4-3310MX 2.50-GHz proces sor (2.10-GHz FSB, 2.0-MB L2 cache, dual core, 45 W) 653356-001 AMD A4-3300M 2.50-GHz process or (1.90-GHz FSB, 2.0-MB L2 cache, dual core, 35 W) 653348-001 AMD E2-3000M 2.40-GHz processor (1 .80-GHz FSB, 4.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 35 W) 653351-001 AMD Athlon II N370 2.50-GHz process or (1.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.2-GT/ second, dual core, 35 W) 634686-001 AMD Athlon II P340 2.20-GHz process or (1.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.2-GT/ second, dual core, 25 W) 616343-001 AMD Athlon II P360 2.30-GHz process or (2.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 25 W) 636635-001 28 Chapter 3 Illustra ted parts ca talog
Item Component Spare part number AMD Phenom II N850 2.20-GHz processor (1 .5-MB L2 cache, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, triple core, 35 W) 616345-001 AMD Phenom II P960 1.80-GHz processor (2 .0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, quad core, 25 W) 634689-001 AMD Phenom II P860 2.00-GHz processor (1 .5-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, triple core, 25 W) 634688-001 AMD Phenom II P650 2.60-GHz processor (2 .0-MB L2 cache, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 25 W) 634687-001 AMD Phenom II N660 3.00-GHz processor (2 .0-MB L2 cache, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 35 W) 635494-001 AMD Phenom II N870 2.30-GHz processor (1 .5-MB L2 cache, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, triple core, 35 W) 635495-001 AMD Phenom II N970 2.20-GHz processor (2 .0-MB L2 cache, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, quad core, 35 W) 635496-001 AMD Turion II N570 2.70-GHz process or (2.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 35 W) 634690-001 AMD Turion II N560 2.50-GHz process or (2.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 35 W) 634691-001 Intel Quad Core i7-2820QM 2.30-GHz (turbo up to 3.10-GHz) processor (160 0- MHz FSB, 8-MB L3 cache, 45 W) 634694-001 Intel Quad Core i7-2720QM 2.20-GHz (turbo up to 3.00-GHz) processor (160 0- MHz FSB, 6-MB L3 cache, 45 W) 631254-001 Intel Quad Core i7-2630QM 2.00-GHz (turbo up to 2.90-GHz) processor (160 0- MHz FSB, 6-MB L3 cache, 45 W) 635501-001 Intel Dual Core i7-2620M 2.7 0-GHz (turbo up to 3.40-GHz) processor (1333- MHz FSB, 4-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 631252-001 Intel Dual Core i5-2540M 2.6 0-GHz (turbo up to 3.30-GHz) processor (1333- MHz FSB, 3-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 631255-001 Intel Dual Core i5-2520M 2.5 0-GHz (turbo up to 3.20-GHz) processor (1333- MHz FSB, 3-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 631253-001 Intel Dual Core i5-2430M 2.4 0-GHz (SC turbo up to 3.00-GHz) processor (3.0-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 653341-001 Intel Dual Core i5-2410M 2.3 0-GHz (turbo up to 2.90-GHz) processor (3-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 638039-001 Intel Dual Core i3-2350M 2.3 0-GHz processor (3.0-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 653340-001 Intel Dual Core i3-2330M 2.2 0-GHz processor (3.0-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 653339-001 Intel Dual Core i3-2310M 2.1 0-GHz processor (3-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 638037-001 Intel Pentium B950 TJ85 2.10-GHz processor (2.0-MB L3 cache, dual core, 35 W) 653338-001 Intel Pentium B940 TJ85 2.00-GHz processor (2.0-MB L3 cache, dual core, 35 W) 653337-001 (15) Fan/he at s ink ass embl y (includes replacement thermal material): Computer major components 29
Item Component Spare part number For use only with computer models equippe d with the AMD A70M chipset and a graphics subsystem with discrete memo ry 650057-001 For use only with computer models equippe d with the AMD A70M chipset and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory 650056-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with an AMD processor and a graphics subsystem with discrete memo ry 641578-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with an AMD processor and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory 639404-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with an Intel processor and a graphics subsystem with 2.0-GB of discrete memory 653627-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with an Intel processor and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory 653628-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor 640903-001 (16) Rear speakers (includes rear left and right speakers, grill, and cable) 641304-001 (17) Subwo ofer (includes isolators and cable) 639393-001 (18) Base enclosure (includes battery release latch and 4 rubber feet): For use only with computer models equippe d with an Intel processor (includes openings for 3 USB ports) 639399-001 For use only with computer models equippe d with an AMD processor (includes openings for 2 USB ports) 657988-001 (19) Hard drive (2, 2.5-in, SATA, does not include bracket, connector cable, shield, or screws): 1-TB, 5400-rpm 638974-001 750-GB, 7200-rpm 633252-001 750-GB, 5400-rpm 634250-001 640-GB, 7200-rpm 621046-001 500-GB, 7200-rpm for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel proces sor 608218-001 320-GB, 7200-rpm 634862-001 and 641672-001 250-GB, 7200-rpm 634861-001 and 635225-001 Hard Drive Hardware Kit (not illustrated, includes br acket, connector cable, shield, and screws) 641306-001 160-GB solid-state drive f or use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor (not illustrat ed, does not include bracket, connector cable, shield, or screws) 639405-001 (20) Optical drive (includes bezel and bracket): For use with all computer models: Blu-ray Disc R/RW with SuperMul ti DVD±R/RW Double-Layer Drive wi th Lig htScribe 659876-001 30 Chapter 3 Illustra ted parts ca talog
Item Component Spare part number DVD±RW Double-Layer LightScribe SuperMulti Drive 659875-001 For use only with computer mode ls equipped with an AMD processor: Blu-ray Disc R/RW with SuperMul ti DVD±R/RW Double-Layer Drive wi th Lig htScribe 641850-001 DVD±RW Double-Layer LightScribe SuperMulti Drive 641851-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor: Blu-ray Disc ROM with SuperMulti DV D±R/RW Double-Layer Drive with Ligh tScribe 641302-001 Blu-ray Disc R/RW with SuperMul ti DVD±R/RW Double-Layer Drive wi th Lig htScribe 641303-001 DVD±RW Double-Layer LightScribe SuperMulti Drive 641301-001 Optical drive bay space saver (not illustrated) 65962 4-001 Optical Drive Hardware Kit (not illustrated, includes bracket, optical drive cable, bezels (2), and screws 641549-001 (21) Battery 9-cell, 100-WHr, 3.00-AHr, LI 636631-001 6-cell, 62-WHr, 2 .80-AHr, LI 593562-001 6-cell, 55-WHr, 2 .55-AHr, LI 593554-001 (22) RTC battery (includes cabl e and double-sided tape) 640902-001 (23) Memory modules (2, DDR 3, 10600, 1333-MHz) 8 GB (for use only with computer mode ls equipped with an Intel processor) 634091-001 4 GB 621569-001 2 GB 621565-001 1 GB 639736-001 (24) WLAN module: For use with all computer models: Atheros 9485GN 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and 3012 Bluetooth 4.0 Combo Adapter 655795-001 Atheros AR9285 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi Adapter 605560-005 Broadcom 4313 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi Adapter 593836-001 Broadcom 4313 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and 2 070 Bluetooth 2.1 EDR Combo adapter (BT3.0HS ready) 600370-001 Broadcom 4313GN 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and 20702 Bluetooth 4.0 Combo Adapter 657325-001 Ralink RT3090BC4 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and Bluetooth 2.1 EDR Combo adapter (BT3.0HS ready) 630705-001 Ralink 5390GN 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi Adapter 630703-001 Realtek RTL8188CE 802.11b /g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and Bluetooth 4.0LE Combo Adapter 656119-001 For use only with computer mode ls equipped with an AMD processor: Computer major components 31
Item Component Spare part number Atheros AR9002WB-1NGB 802.11b/g /n 1Ã1 WiFi and Bluetooth 2.1EDR Combo Adapter (BT3.0 HS ready) 593127-001 Realtek 8188BC8 802.11a/b/g/n 2Ã2 WiFi and Bluetooth 3.0 HS Combo Adapter 602993-001 Realtek 8188GN 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi Adapter 640926-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor: Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6230 631956-001 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1000 802.11b/g /n 1Ã2 WLAN module 59353 0-001 Intel Centrino Wireless-N WiMAX 6150 633817-001 (25) Service cover â available in the Plastics Kit, spare part number 641305-001) 32 Chapter 3 Illustra ted parts ca talog
Display assembly subcomponents Item Component Spare part number (1) Display bezel 639398-001 (2) Display Hinge Kit (includes left and right display hinges and brackets) 639403-001 (3) Display panel : 17.3-in, AntiGlare, FHD, LED, display panel for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor 656297-001 17.3-in, BrightView, HD , LED, LVDS displ ay panel for use with all computer models 64162 9-001 (4) Display Cable Kit (includes display panel cable and webcam/ microphone module cable) 640900-001 (5) Webcam/microphone module 639387-001 (6) Antenna Kit (includes l eft and right wireless antenna cables and transceivers ) 639401-001 (7) Display en closure In steel gray finish 649946-001 In regular finish 639400-001 Display Rubber Kit (not illustrated, include screw covers) 640901-001 Display Screw Kit (not illustrated) 641582-001 Display assembly sub components 33
Mass storage devices Item Component Spare part number (1) Hard drive (2.5-in, SATA, does not include bracket, connector cable, shield, or screws): 1-TB, 5400-rpm 638974-001 750-GB, 7200-rpm 633252-001 750-GB, 5400-rpm 634250-001 640-GB, 7200-rpm 621046-001 500-GB, 7200-rpm for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel proces sor 608218-001 320-GB, 7200-rpm 634862-001 and 641672-001 250-GB, 7200-rpm 634861-001 and 635225-001 Hard Drive Hardware Kit , includes: 641306-001 (2a) Primary hard drive connector cable (2b) Primary hard drive bracket (4a) Secondary hard drive connector cable (4b) Secondary hard drive bracket Screws (not illustrated) (3) 160-GB solid-state drive (do es not include bracket, connector cable, shield, or screws) 639405-001 (5) Optical drive (includes bezel and bracket): 34 Chapter 3 Illustra ted parts ca talog
Item Component Spare part number For use with all computer models: Blu-ray Disc R/RW with SuperMul ti DVD±R/RW Double-Layer Drive wi th Lig htScribe 659876-001 DVD±RW Double-Layer LightScribe SuperMulti Drive 659875-001 For use only with computer mode ls equipped with an AMD processor: Blu-ray Disc R/RW with SuperMul ti DVD±R/RW Double-Layer Drive wi th Lig htScribe 641850-001 DVD±RW Double-Layer LightScribe SuperMulti Drive 641851-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor: Blu-ray Disc ROM with SuperMulti DV D±R/RW Double-Layer Drive with Ligh tScribe 641302-001 Blu-ray Disc R/RW with SuperMul ti DVD±R/RW Double-Layer Drive wi th Lig htScribe 641303-001 DVD±RW Double-Layer LightScribe SuperMulti Drive 641301-001 Optical drive bay space saver (not illustrated) 65962 4-001 Optical Drive Hardware Kit , includes: 641549-001 (6a) Optical drive cable (6b) Optical drive bracket (6c) Optical drive bezel Screws (not illustrated) Miscellaneous parts Component Spare part number HP Sm art AC adapt er 90-W, PFC, RC, V HP Smart AC adapter fo r use with all computer models 609940-001 65-W RC, V HP Smart AC adapter for use only with computer models equipped with an AMD processor 609939-001 120-W, PFC, RC, V HP Smart AC adapter for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor 609941-001 90-W, PFC, RC, V, EM HP Smart AC adapter for us e only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor 609947-001 65-W, RC, V, EM HP Smart AC adapter for use only with computer m odels equipped with an Intel processor 609948-001 Power cor d (3-pin, black,1.83-meter): For use with all computer models: For use in Denmark 490371-081 For use in Europe 490371-021 Miscellaneous parts 35
Component Spare part number For use in Italy 490371-061 For use in North America 490371-001 For use in the Netherlands 490371-B31 For use in Switzerland 490371-111 For use in the United Ki ngdom and Singapore 490371-031 For use only with computer mo dels equipped with an Intel processor: For use in Australia 490371-011 For use in Brazil 490371-201 For use in India 490371-D61 For use in Israel 490371-BB1 For use in Japan 490371-291 For use in South Korea 490371-AD1 For use in Taiwan 490371-AB1 Remote control (full-function with teletext) 465541-004 Screw Kit 639395-001 USB DVB-T dipole antenna 581223-001 USB DVB-T TV tuner 581222-001 Sequential part number listing Spare part numbe r Descri ption 465541-004 Remote contro l (full-function with teletext) 490371-001 Power cord for use with all computer mo dels in North America (3-pin, black,1.83-m eter) 490371-011 Power cord for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor in Australia (3-pin, black,1.83-meter) 490371-021 Power cord for use with all computer models in Europe (3-pin, black,1.83-meter) 490371-031 Power cord for use with all computer models in the United Kingdom and Singapore (3-pin, black,1.83- meter) 490371-061 Power cord for use with all computer models in Italy (3-pin, black,1.83-meter) 490371-081 Power cord for use with all computer models in Denmark (3-pin, black,1.83-meter) 490371-111 Power cord for use with all computer models in Switzerland (3-pin, black,1.83-meter) 490371-201 Power cord for use only with computer models eq uipped with an Intel processo r in Brazil (3-pin, black, 1.83-meter) 36 Chapter 3 Illustra ted parts ca talog
Spare part numbe r Descri ption 490371-291 Power cord for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel proces sor in Japan (3-pin, black, 1.83-meter) 490371-AB1 Power cord for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel pr ocessor in Taiwan (3-pin, black,1.83-meter) 490371-AD1 Power cord for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor in South Korea (3-pin, black,1.83-meter) 490371-AR1 P ower cord for use with all computer models in South Africa (3-pin, black,1.83-meter) 490371-BB1 Power cord for use only with computer models eq uipped with an Intel processor in Israel (3-pin, black, 1.83-meter) 490371-D61 Power cord for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel proces sor in India (3-pin, black, 1.83-meter) 537921-001 Bluetooth module EDR v.3.0 (for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor, does not include cable) 581222-001 USB DVB-T TV tuner 581223-001 USB DVB-T dipole antenna 593127-001 Atheros AR9002WB-1NGB 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and Bluetooth 2.1EDR Combo Adapter (BT3.0 HS ready) for use only with computer models equipped with an AMD processor 593530-001 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1000 802.1 1b/g/n 1Ã2 WLAN module for use only with co mputer models equipped with an Intel processor 593554-001 6-cell, 55-WHr, 2.55-AHr, Li battery 593562-001 6-cell, 62-WHr, 2.80-AHr, Li battery 593836-001 Broadcom 4313 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi Adapter fo r use with all computer models 600370-001 Broadcom 4313 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and 2070 Bluetooth 2.1 EDR Co mbo adapter (BT3.0HS ready) for use with all computer models 602993-001 R ealtek 8188BC8 802.11a/b/g/n 2Ã2 WiFi and Bluetooth 3.0 HS Combo Adapter for use only with computer models equipped with an AMD processor 605560-005 Atheros AR9285 802.11b/g /n 1Ã1 WiFi Adapter for use only with computer models equipped with an AMD processor 608218-001 500-GB, 7200-rpm hard drive for use on ly with computer models equipped with an Intel processor (2.5-in, SATA, does not include bracket, connector cable, shield, or screws) 609939-001 6 5-W RC, V HP Smart AC adapter for use only with computer models equipped with an AMD processor 609940-001 9 0-W, PFC, RC, V HP Smart AC adapter 609941-001 120-W, PFC, RC, V HP Smart AC adapter for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor 609947-001 90-W, PFC, RC, V, EM HP Smart AC adapter for use only wit h computer models equipped with an Intel processor 609948-001 65-W, RC, V, EM HP Smart AC adapter for use on ly with computer models equipped with an Intel processor Sequential part number listing 37
Spare part numbe r Descri ption 616343-001 AMD Athlon II P340 2.20-GHz processo r (1.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.2-GT/ second, dual core, 25 W) 616345-001 AMD Phenom II N850 2.20-GHz processo r (1.5-MB L 2 cache, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, triple core, 35 W) 621046-001 640-GB, 7200-rpm hard drive (2.5-in, SATA, do es not include bracket, connector cable, shield, or scr ews) 621565-001 2-GB memory module (DDR3, 10600, 1333-MHz) 621569-001 4-GB memory module (DDR3, 10600, 1333-MHz) 630703-001 Ralink 5390GN 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi Adapter for use with all computer models 630705-001 Ralink RT3090BC4 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi an d Bluetooth 2.1 EDR Combo adapter (BT3.0HS ready) for use with all computer models 631252-001 Intel Dual Core i7-2620M 2.70-GH z (turbo up to 3.40-GHz) processor (1333-MHz FSB, 4-MB L3 cache, 35 W, includes replacement thermal material) 631253-001 Intel Dual Core i5-2520M 2.50-GH z (turbo up to 3.20-GHz) processor (1333-MHz FSB, 3-MB L3 cache, 35 W, includes replacement thermal material) 631254-001 Intel Quad Core i7-2720QM 2.20-GHz (turbo up to 3.00-GHz) processor (1600-MHz FSB, 6-MB L3 cache, 45 W, includes replacement thermal material) 631255-001 Intel Dual Core i5-2540M 2.60-GH z (turbo up to 3.30-GHz) processor (1333-MHz FSB, 3-MB L3 cache, 35 W, includes replacement thermal material) 631956-001 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6230 for use onl y with computer models equipped with an Intel proces sor 633252-001 750-GB, 7200-rpm hard drive (2.5-in, SATA, do es not include bracket, connector cable, shield, or scr ews) 633817-001 Intel Centrino Wireless-N WiMAX 6150 for use on ly with computer models equipped with an Intel processor 634091-001 8-GB memory m odule (DDR3, 10600, 1333-MHz) for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor 634250-001 750-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive (2.5-in, SATA, do es not include bracket, connector cable, shield, or scr ews) 634686-001 AMD Athlon II N370 2.50-GHz processor (1.0-M B L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.2-GT/ second, dual core, 35 W) 634687-001 AMD Phenom II P650 2.60-GHz processo r (2.0-MB L2 cache, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 25 W) 634688-001 AMD Phenom II P860 2.00-GHz processo r (1.5-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, triple core, 25 W) 634689-001 AMD Phenom II P960 1.80-GHz processo r (2.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, quad core, 25 W) 634690-001 AMD Turion II N570 2.70-GHz processor ( 2.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 35 W) 634691-001 AMD Turion II N560 2.50-GHz processor ( 2.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 35 W) 38 Chapter 3 Illustra ted parts ca talog
Spare part numbe r Descri ption 634694-001 Intel Quad Core i7-2820QM 2.30-GHz (turbo up to 3.10-GHz) processor (1600-MHz FSB, 8-MB L3 cache, 45 W, includes replacement thermal material) 634861-001 250-GB, 7200-rpm hard drive (2.5-in, SATA, do es not include bracket, connector cable, shield, or scr ews) 634862-001 320-GB, 7200-rpm hard drive (2.5-in, SATA, do es not include bracket, connector cable, shield, or scr ews) 635225-001 250-GB, 7200-rpm hard drive (2.5-in, SATA, do es not include bracket, connector cable, shield, or scr ews) 635494-001 AMD Phenom II N660 3.00-GHz processo r (2.0-MB L2 cache, 133 3-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/second, Dual Core 35 W) 635495-001 AMD Phenom II N870 2.30-GHz processo r (1.5-MB L 2 cache, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, triple core, 35 W) 635496-001 AMD Phenom II N970 2.20-GHz processo r (2.0-MB L 2 cache, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, quad core, 35 W) 635501-001 Intel Quad Core i7-2630QM 2.00-GHz (turbo up to 2.90-GHz) processor (1600-MHz FSB, 6-MB L3 cache, 45 W, includes replacement thermal material) 636631-001 9-cell, 100-WHr, 3.00-AHr, Li battery 636635-001 AMD Athlon II P360 2.30-GHz processo r (2.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 25 W) 638037-001 Intel Dual Core i3-2310M 2.10-GH z processor (3-MB L3 cache, 35 W, includes replacement thermal ma terial) 638039-001 Intel Dual Core i5-2410M 2.30-GH z (turbo up to 2.90-GHz) processo r (3-MB L3 cache, 35 W, includes replacement thermal material) 638974-001 1-TB, 5400-rpm hard drive (2.5-in, SA TA, does not include bracket, connect or cable, shield, or screws) 639387-001 Webcam/microphone module 639388-001 Top cover in regular finish (includes To uchPad and TouchPad cable and TouchPad butto n board and TouchPad button board cable) 639389-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel Qu ad Core processo r and the 6490 chipset (includes 1024-MB of discrete gra phics subsystem memory and replacement thermal ma terial) 639390-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel Dual Co re processor and the 6490 chipset (includes 1024-MB of discrete gra phics subsystem memory and replacement thermal ma terial) 639391-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel Qu ad Core processo r and the 6770 chipset (includes 1024-MB of discrete gra phics subsystem memory and replacement thermal ma terial) 639392-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel Dual Co re processor and the 6770 chipset (includes 1024-MB of discrete gra phics subsystem memory and replacement thermal ma terial) 639393-001 Subwoofer (includes isolators and cable) Sequential part number listing 39
Spare part numbe r Descri ption 639394-001 Front speakers (include front left and right speakers and cables) 639395-001 Screw Kit 639396-001 Keyboard for use w ith all computer models in the United States (includes keyboard cable) 639396-031 Keyboard for use w ith all computer models in the United Kingdom and Singapore (includes keyboard cable) 639396-041 Keyboard for use w ith all computer m odels in Germany (includes keyboard cable) 639396-051 Keyboard for use w ith all computer models in France (includes keyboard cable) 639396-061 Keyboard for use w ith all computer models in Italy (includes keyboard cable) 639396-071 Keyboard for use w ith all computer models in Spain (inc ludes keyboard cable) 639396-121 Keyboard for use w ith all computer models in Canada (includes keyboard cable) 639396-131 Keyboard for use w ith all computer m odels in Portugal (includes keyboard cable) 639396-141 Keyboard for use o nly with computer models eq uipped with an Intel proce ssor in Turkey (includes keyboard cable) 639396-171 Keyboard for use o nly with computer models equipped with an Intel processor in Saudi Arabia (includes keyboard cable) 639396-211 Keyboard for use w ith all computer models in Hungary (includes keyboard cable) 639396-221 Keyboard for use w ith all computer models in the Czech Republic (incl udes keyboard cable) 639396-251 Keyboard for use w ith all computer models in Russia (includes keyboard cable) 639396-261 Keyboard for use o nly with computer models eq uipped with an Intel processor in Bulgaria (includes keyboard cable) 639396-281 Keyboard for use o nly with computer models eq uipped with an Intel processor in Thailand (includes keyboard cable) 639396-291 Keyboard for use o nly with computer models equipped with an Intel processor in Japan (includes keyboard cable) 639396-A41 Keyboard for use with all computer models in Belgium (includes keyboard cable) 639396-AB1 Keyboard for use only with computer models eq uipped with an Intel processor in Taiwan (includes keyboard cable) 639396-AD1 Keyboard for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor South Korea (includes keyboard cable) 639396-B31 Keyboard for use with all computer mode ls in the Netherlands (includes keyboard cable) 639396-BA1 Keyboard for use with all computer m odels in Slovenia (includes keyboard cable) 639396-BB1 Keyboard for use only with computer models eq uipped with an Intel processor in Israel (includes keyboard cable) 639396-BG1 Keyboard for use with all computer m odels in Switzerland (includes keyboard cable) 639396-D61 Keyboard for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor in India (includes keyboard cable) 40 Chapter 3 Illustra ted parts ca talog
Spare part numbe r Descri ption 639396-DH1 Keyboard for use with all computer models in Denmark, Finland, and Norway (includes keyboard cable) 639396-DJ1 Keyboard for use with all computer models in Greece (includes keyboard cable) 639397-001 17.3-in, BrightView, HD , LED, LVDS disp lay assembly (includes webcam, two microph ones, and wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 639398-001 Display bezel 639399-001 Base enclosure for use only w ith computer mode ls equipped with an Intel processo r (includes openings for 3 USB ports; includes battery release latch and 4 rubber feet) 639400-001 Display enclosure in regular fin ish 639401-001 Antenna Kit (includes left and right wireless an tenna cables and transceivers) 639402-001 Cable Kit 639403-001 Display Hinge Kit (includes left and right display hinges and brackets ) 639404-001 Fan/heat sink assembly for use only with comput er models equipped with an AMD processor and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory (i ncludes replacement thermal material) 639405-001 160-GB solid-state drive for use only wit h comput er models equipped with an Int el processor (does not include bracket, connector cable, shield, or screws) 639736-001 1-GB memory module (DDR3, 10600, 1333-MHz) 640427-001 Fingerprint reader board ( include s bracket, but does not include cable) 640456-001 Thermal Material Kit for use only with com put er models equipped with an AMD Athlon, Phenom, or Turion processor and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory (includes replacement thermal pads and paste) 640457-001 Thermal Material Kit for use only with com put er models equipped with an AMD Athlon, Phenom, or Turion processor and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory (include s replacement thermal pads and paste) 640898-001 P ower button board (does not include cable) 640899-001 SD Card reader board (does not include cable) 640900-001 Display Cable Kit (includes displ ay pan el cable and webcam/microphone mo dule cable) 640901-001 Display Rubber Kit (include screw covers) 640902-001 RTC battery (includes cable and double-sided tape) 640903-001 Fan/heat sink assembly for use only with comput er models equipped with an Intel processor (includes replacement thermal material) 640926-001 Realtek 8188GN 802.11b/g/n 1 Ã1 WiFi Adapter for use only with computer models equipped with an AMD processor 641301-001 DVD±RW Double-Layer LightScribe SuperMulti Dr ive for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor 641302-001 Blu-ray Disc ROM with SuperMulti DVD±R/RW Do uble-Layer Drive with LightScribe for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor Sequential part number listing 41
Spare part numbe r Descri ption 641303-001 Blu-ray Disc R/RW with SuperMulti DVD±R/RW D ouble-Layer Drive with LightScribe for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor 641304-001 Rear speakers (include rear left and righ t speakers, grill, and cable) 641305-001 Plastics Kit (includes service cover) 641306-001 Hard Drive Hardware Kit (includes br acket, connector cable, shield, and screws) 641492-001 Thermal Material Kit for use only with comp uter models equipped with an Intel processor and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory (inc ludes replacement thermal pads and paste) 641493-001 Thermal Material Kit for use only with comp uter models equipped with an Intel processor and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory (i ncludes replacement thermal pads and paste) 641549-001 Optical Drive Hardware Kit (in cludes 2 b ezels, bracket, optical drive cable, and screws) 641575-001 System board for us e only wi th computer models equipped with an AMD processor, the 6470 chipset, and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory (includes 512-MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory and repl acement thermal ma terial) 641576-001 System board for us e only wi th computer models equipped with an AMD processor, the 6650 chipset, and a graphics subsystem with discret e memory (includes 1024-MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory and repl acement thermal ma terial) 641578-001 Thermal Material Kit for use only with com puter models equipped with an AMD processor and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory (i ncludes replacement thermal pads and paste) 641582-001 Display Screw Kit 641629-001 17.3-in, BrightView, HD , LED, LVDS display panel 641672-001 320-GB, 7200-rpm hard drive (2.5-in, SATA, do es not include bracket, connector cable, shield, or scr ews) 645384-001 System board for use only with computer m odels equipped with an AMD processor and a g raphics subsystem with UMA memory (inclu des replacement thermal material) 645385-001 System board for us e only wi th computer models equipped with an AMD processor, the 6490 chipset, and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory (includes 512-MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory and repl acement thermal ma terial) 645386-001 System board for us e only wi th computer models equipped with an AMD processor, the 6750 chipset, and a graphics subsystem with discret e memory (includes 1024-MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory and repl acement thermal ma terial) 646434-001 USB board (does not include cable) 647270-001 Display lid s witch board (includes cable) 647271-001 Bluetooth module cable (for use only with computer m odels equipped with an Intel processor) 649946-001 Display enclosure in steel gray fini sh 649947-001 Top cover in steel gray finish (includes To uchPad and Touch Pad cable and TouchPad button board and TouchPad button board cable) 650056-001 Fan/heat sink assembly for use only with computer models equipped with the AMD A70M ch ipset and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory (i ncludes replacement therm al material) 42 Chapter 3 Illustra ted parts ca talog
Spare part numbe r Descri ption 650057-001 Fan/heat sink assembly for use only with comp uter models equipped with the AMD A70M chipset and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory (includes replacement thermal material) 650801-001 Thermal Material Kit for use only with comp uter models equipped with an Intel processor and a graphics subsystem with 2-GB of discrete memo ry (includes replacemen t thermal pads and paste) 651906-001 System board for us e only with computer mo dels equipped with the HM65 chipset, an Intel Dual Core processor, and a graphics subsystem with UM A memory (includes replac ement thermal material) 653337-001 Intel Pentium B950 TJ85 2.10-G Hz processor (2.0-MB L3 cache, dual co re, 35 W; includes replacement thermal material) 653338-001 Intel Pentium B940 TJ85 2.00-G Hz processor (2.0-MB L3 cache, dual co re, 35 W; includes replacement thermal material) 653339-001 Intel Dual Core i3-2330M 2.20-GH z processor (3.0-MB L3 cache, dual core, 35 W; includes replacement thermal material) 653340-001 Intel Dual Core i3-2350M 2.30-GH z processor (3.0-MB L3 cache, dual core, 35 W; includes replacement thermal material) 653341-001 Intel Dual Core i5-2430M 2.40-GH z (SC tu rbo up to 3.00-GHz) processor (3.0 -MB L3 cache, dual core, 35 W; includes replacem ent thermal material) 653348-001 AMD A4-3300M 2.50-GHz processor (1.90-GH z FS B, 2.0-MB L2 cache, dual core, 35 W; includes replacement thermal material) 653349-001 AMD A6-3400M 2.30-GHz processor (1.40-GH z FS B, 4.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 35 W; includes replacement thermal material) 653350-001 AMD A8-3500M 2.40-GHz processor (1.50-GH z FS B, 4.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 35 W; includes replacement thermal material) 653351-001 AMD E2-3000M 2.40-GHz processor (1.80-GHz FS B, 4 .0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 35 W; includes replacement thermal material) 653356-001 AMD A4-3310MX 2.50-GHz processo r (2.10-GHz FSB, 2 .0-MB L2 cache, dual core, 45 W; includes replacement thermal material) 653357-001 AMD A6-3410MX 2.30-GHz processo r (1.60-GHz FS B, 2 .0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 45 W; includes replacement thermal material) 653358-001 AMD A8-3510MX 2.50-GHz processo r (1.80-GHz FS B, 4 .0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 45 W; includes replacement thermal material) 653364-001 AMD A8-3530MX 2.60-GHz processo r, (1.90-GHz FSB, 4 .0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 45 W; includes replacement thermal material) 653627-001 Fan/heat sink assembly for use only with comput er models equipped with an Intel processor and a graphics subsystem with 2.0-GB of discrete me mory (includes replacement thermal material) 653628-001 Fan/heat sink assembly for use only with comput er models equipped with an Intel processor and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory (i ncludes replacement thermal material) 654111-001 Thermal Material Kit for use only with com puter models equipped with an AMD A8, A6, A4, or E2 processor and a graphics subsystem with disc rete memory (includes replacement thermal pads and paste) Sequential part number listing 43
Spare part numbe r Descri ption 654112-001 Thermal Material Kit for use only with com puter models equipped with an AMD A8, A6, A4, or E2 processor and a graphics subsystem with UM A memory (includes re placement thermal pads and paste) 654442-001 17.3-in, BrightView, HD , LED, LVDS display assembly in steel gray finish (includes webcam, two microphones, and wireless ante nna transceivers and cables) 655488-001 System board for us e only with computer models equipped with the Intel H M65 chipset, an Intel Quad Core processor, and a graphics subsystem with 2. 0-GB of discrete memory (includes replacement thermal ma terial) 655489-001 System board for us e only with computer models equipped with the Intel H M65 chipset, an Intel Dual Core processor, and a graphics subsystem with 2. 0-GB of discrete memory (includes replacement thermal ma terial) 655792-001 Bluetooth module EDR v.4.0 (for use only with co mputer models equipped with an Intel processor, does not include cable) 655795-001 A theros 9485GN 802.1 1b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and 3012 Bluetooth 4.0 Combo Adapter 656119-001 Realtek RTL8188CE 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and Bluetooth 4.0LE Combo Adapter 656292-001 System board for us e only wi th computer models equipped with the Intel HM65 chipset, an Intel quad core processor, and a graphics subsyste m with UMA mem ory (i ncludes replacement thermal ma terial) 656295-001 17.3-in, AntiGlare, FHD, LED display assem bly in aluminum finish fo r use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor (includes webcam, two microphones, and wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 656296-001 17.3-in, AntiGlare, FHD, LED display assem bly in steel gray finis h for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor (includes webcam, two microphones, and wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 656297-001 17.3-in, AntiGlare, FHD, LED display panel for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor 657325-001 Broadcom 4313GN 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and 20702 Bluetooth 4.0 Combo Adapter 657988-001 Base enclosure for use only w ith computer m odels equipped with an AMD processor (includes openings for 2 USB ports; includes battery release latch and 4 rubber feet) 658831-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with the AMD RS880M chipset and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory (i ncludes replacement thermal material) 658832-001 System board for use only with computer m odels equipped with the AMD RS880M chipset and the HD6470 graphics subsyst em with 512-MB of discrete memory (includes replacement thermal material) 658833-001 System board for use only with computer m odels equipped with the AMD RS880M chipset and the HD6650 graphics subsyst em with 1.0-GB of discrete memory (includes replac ement thermal material) 659093-001 System board for us e only with computer models equipped with an Int el quad core processor, the 6490 graphics subsystem, and 1.0-GB o f discrete video memory (BACO, includes replacement thermal ma terial) 659094-001 System board for us e only with computer models equipped with an Intel dual core processor, the 6490 graphics subsystem, and 1.0-GB o f discrete video memory (BACO, includes replacement thermal ma terial) 44 Chapter 3 Illustra ted parts ca talog
Spare part numbe r Descri ption 659095-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel quad core proces sor, the 6770 graphics subsystem, and 1.0-GB o f discrete video memory (BACO, includes replacement thermal ma terial) 659096-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel dual core processor, the 6770 graphics subsystem, and 1.0-GB o f discrete video memory (BACO, includes replacement thermal ma terial) 659624-001 Optical drive bay space saver 659875-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Multi Double-Layer Co mbo Drive with LightScribe for use only with computer models equipped with an AMD processor 659876-001 Blu-ray ROM with LightScribe DVD±R/RW Super Multi Double-Layer Drive for use only with computer models equipped with an AMD processor Sequential part number listing 45
4 Removal and replacement procedures Preliminary replacement requirements Tools required You will need the fo llowing tools to comple te the removal and replacement procedures: â Flat-bladed screwdriver â Magnetic screwdriver â Phillips P0 and P1 screwdrivers Service considerations The following sections include so me of the considerations that you must keep in mind during disassembly and as sembly procedures. NOTE: As you remove each subassembly from the computer , place the subassembly (and all accompanying screws) away from th e work area to prevent damage. Plastic parts CAUTION: Using excessive force during disassembly an d reassembly can damage plastic parts. Use care when handling the plasti c parts. Apply pressu re only at the points designa ted in the maintenance instructions. Cables and connectors CAUTION: When servicing the co mputer, be sure that cables are pl aced in their proper locati ons during the reassembly proc ess. Improper cable placement can da mage the computer. Cables must be handled with extreme care to avoi d damage. Apply only the te nsion required to unseat or seat the cables during remova l and insertion. Ha ndle cables by the connector whenever poss ible. In all cases, avoid bending, tw isting, or tearing cables. Be sure that cables are routed in such a way that they cannot be cau ght or snagged b y parts bein g removed or replaced. Handle flex cables with extreme care; these c ables tear easily. 46 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Drive handling CAUTION: Drives are fragile compo nents that must be handled with car e. To prevent damage to the computer, damage to a drive, or loss of information, observe these precautions: Before removing or inserting a hard drive, shut down the co mputer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off o r in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. Before handling a drive, be sure that you are discharged of static electric ity. While handl ing a drive, avoid touching the connector. Before removing a diskette drive or optical drive, be sure that a diskette or disc is not in the drive and be sure that the optical drive tray is closed. Handle drives on surfaces covered with at least one inch of shock-proof foam. Avoid dropping drives from any height onto any surface. After removing a hard drive, a n optical drive, or a diskette d rive, place it in a static -proof bag. Avoid exposing an internal hard d rive to produc ts that have magnetic fields, such as monitors or speake rs. Avoid exposing a d rive to temp erature extremes or liquids. If a drive must be mailed, place the drive in a bubble pack mailer or other suitable form of protective packaging and label the packa ge âFRAGILE.â Grounding guidelines Electrostatic discharge damage Electronic components are sensi tiv e to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Circuitr y design and s tructure determine the degree of sensi tivity. Networks built into many integrated circuits provide some protection, but in many cases, ESD contains en ough power to alter de vice parameters or melt silicon junctions. A discharge of static electricity from a finger or other conductor can destroy static-s ensitive devices or microcircuitry. Even if the spark is neithe r felt nor heard, dama ge may have occurred. An electronic device exposed to ESD ma y not be af fected at all and can work perfectly throughout a normal cycle. Or the device may fu nction normally for a while, then de grade in the internal lay ers, reducing its life expectancy. Preliminary replacement requirements 47
CAUTION: To prevent damage to the computer when you are removing or installing internal components, observe these prec autions: Keep components in their electr ostatic-safe containe rs until you are ready to install them. Before touching an elec tronic component, dis charge stat ic electricity by using the guid elines describ ed in this section. Avoid touching pins, leads, and circuitry. Handle elec tronic components as little as possible. If you remove a c omponent, pl ace it in an electrostati c- safe contai ner. The following table shows how hu midity affects the electrostati c voltage levels generated by different activities. CAUTION: A product ca n be degraded by as litt le as 700 V. Typical electrostatic vo ltage levels Relative humidity Event 10% 40% 55% Walking across carpet 35,000 V 15,000 V 7,500 V Walking across vinyl floor 12,000 V 5,000 V 3,000 V Motions of bench worker 6,000 V 800 V 400 V Removing DIPS from plastic tube 2,000 V 700 V 400 V Removing DIPS from vinyl tray 11,500 V 4,000 V 2,0 00 V Removing DIPS from Styrofoam 14,500 V 5,000 V 3,5 00 V Removing bubble pack from PCB 26,500 V 20,000 V 7,000 V Packing PCBs in foam-lined box 21,000 V 11,000 V 5,000 V 48 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Packaging and transporting guidelines Follow these grounding guidelin es when packaging and transporting equipment: â To avoid hand contact, transport produc ts in static-safe tubes, bags, or box es. â Protect ESD-sensitive parts and as se mblies with conductive or ap proved containers or packaging. â Keep ESD-sensitive parts in their containers unti l the parts arrive at static-free workstations. â Place items on a grounded surface before removing items fr om their containers. â Always be prop erly grounded when touching a component or assembly. â Store reusable ESD-sensitive parts from assemblies in protective packaging or nonconductive foam. â Use transporters an d conveyors m ade of antista tic belts and r oller bushin gs. Be sure that mechanized equipment us ed for moving materials is wired to ground and that proper ma terials are selected to avoid static chargi ng. When grounding is not possi b le, use an ionizer to dissipate electric charges. Workstation guidelines Follow these grounding workstatio n guidelines: â Cover the workstation wi th approved stati c-shielding material. â Use a wrist strap connected to a properl y grounded work surface and use properly grounded tools and equipme nt. â Use conductive field se rvice tools, such as cutters, screwdrivers, and vacuums. â When fixtures must directly contact di ssipativ e surfaces, use fixture s made only of static - safe materials. â Keep the work area f ree of nonconductive ma te rials, such as ordinary plastic assembly aids and Styrofoam. â Handle ESD-sensitive components , parts, and assemblies by the case or PCM laminate. Handle these items only at static-free workstations. â Avoid contact with pins , leads, or circuitry. â Turn off power and input signals before ins erting or removing connectors or te st equipment. Preliminary replacement requirements 49
Equipment guidelines Grounding equipment must include eith er a wrist st rap or a foot strap at a grou nded workstation. â When seated, wear a wrist strap co nnected to a gr ounded system. Wrist straps ar e flexible straps with a minimum of one megohm ±1 0% resistance in the ground co rds. To provide proper g round, wear a strap snugly against the skin at all t imes. On grounded mats with banana-plug connectors, use alligator clips to connect a wrist strap. â When standing, use foot straps and a grounded floor mat. Foot s traps (heel, toe, or boot straps) can be used at standing wo rkstations an d are compatib le with most types o f shoes or boots. On conductive f loors or dis sipative fl oor mats, us e foot str aps on both feet w ith a minimum of one megohm resistance between the operato r and grou nd. To be effective, the conductive must be worn in contact with the skin. The following grounding equi pment is reco mmended to prevent electrostatic damage: â Antistatic tape â Antistatic smock s, aprons, and sleeve p rotectors â Conductive bins and other assembly or soldering aids â Nonconductive foam â Conductive ta bletop works tations wi th ground cords of one megohm resis tance â Static-dissipative tables or floor mats with hard ti es to the ground â Field service kits â Static awareness labels â Material-handling packages â Nonconductive plastic bags, tubes, or boxes â Metal tote boxes â Electrostatic voltage levels and protective materia ls The following table lists the shie lding protection provided by antistatic bags and floor mats. Material Use Voltage protection level Antistatic plastics Bags 1,500 V Carbon-loaded plastic Floor mats 7,500 V Metallized laminate Floor mats 5,000 V 50 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Component replacement procedures This chapter provides removal and repla cement procedures. There are as many as 103 screws that must be removed, replace d, or loosened when servici ng the computer. Make special note of each screw and screw lock siz e and location during removal and replacement. Service tag When ordering pa rts or reques ti ng information, p rovide the computer serial number and model description provided on the service tag. (When or dering parts or requesti ng information, pro vide the computer serial nu mber and model descri ption provided on the service tag.) Item Description Function (1) Product name This is the product name affixed to the front of the computer. (2) Serial number (s/n) This is an alphan umeric identifier that is unique to each product. (3) Part num ber/Product number (p/n) This number provides specific information about the product's hardware components. The part number helps a service technician to determine what components and parts are needed. Component replacement proced ures 51
Item Description Function (4) Warranty period This number describes the duration of the warranty period for the computer. (5) Model description This is the alphanum eric identifier needed to lo cate documents, drivers, and support for the computer. Computer feet The computer feet are a dhesive-backed rubber pa ds . There are 4 rubber feet that attach to the base enclosure in the locations illustra ted below. Battery Description Spare part number 9-cell, 100-WHr, 3.00-AHr, LI 636631-001 6-cell, 62-WHr, 2.80-AHr, LI 593562-001 6-cell, 55-WHr, 2.55-AHr, LI 593554-001 Before disass embling the computer, follow the se steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 52 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Remove the battery: 1. Slide the release latch (1) to release the battery. 2. Pivot the front edge of the battery (2) up and back. 3. Remove the battery (3) from the computer. To insert the battery: 1. Align the tabs on the rear edge of the battery with the notches on the rear edge of the battery bay. 2. Pivot the front edge of the battery down into the battery bay until it is seated . (The battery release latch will automatica lly lock into place.) Optical drive NOTE: The optical d rive spare part kit includes a bezel a nd bracket. Description Spare part number For use with all computer models: Blu-ray Disc R/RW with SuperMulti DVD±R/R W Double-Layer Drive with LightScribe 659876-001 DVD±RW Double-Layer LightScr ibe SuperMult i Drive 659875-001 For use only with computer mo dels equipped with an AMD processor: Blu-ray Disc R/RW with SuperMulti DVD±R/R W Double-Layer Drive with LightScribe 641850-001 DVD±RW Double-Layer LightScr ibe SuperMult i Drive 641851-001 For use only with computer mo dels equipped with an Intel processor: Blu-ray Disc ROM with SuperMulti DVD±R/RW Double-Layer Drive wi th LightScribe 641302-001 Blu-ray Disc R/RW with SuperMulti DVD±R/R W Double-Layer Drive with LightScribe 641303-001 Component replacement proced ures 53
Description Spare part number DVD±RW Double-Layer LightScr ibe SuperMult i Drive 641301-001 Optical Drive Hardware Kit (includes bracket , opt ical drive cable, bezels (2), and screws 641549-001 Before removing the optical drive, follo w these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ). Remove the optical drive: 1. Slide the release latch (1) to release the se rvice cover from the computer. 2. Lift the rear edge of the service c over (2) up and forwa rd until it rests at an angle. 3. Remove the service cove r. The service cove r is available in the Plastics Kit , spare part number 641305-001. 54 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
4. Remove the Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 s crew that secures the optical d rive to the computer. 5. Push on the hard drive bracket (1 ) to release the opt ical drive. 6. Remove the optical drive (2) from the computer. 7. If it is necessary to replace the opt ical drive brac ket, position the optical drive with the rear panel toward yo u. 8. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.0Ã4.0 s crews (1) that secure the bracke t to the optical drive. Component replacement proced ures 55
9. Remove the optical dr ive br acket (2) . The optical drive bracket is included in the Optica l Drive Hardware Kit, spare pa rt number 6415 49-001. Reverse this procedure to reassemble and install the optical dri ve. Hard drive NOTE: The hard drive spar e part kit does not i nclude the bracket, connec tor cable, shield, or scr ews. The bracket, connector c able, shield, and screws ar e included in the Ha rd Drive Hardware Kit, s pare part number 641306 -001. NOTE: The computer can be equipped with up to two ha r d drives. The primary hard drive is installed in the right hard drive bay. The secondary hard drive is installed in the left hard drive ba y. Description Spare part number 1-TB, 5400-rpm 638974-001 750-GB, 7200-rpm 633252-001 750-GB, 5400-rpm 634250-001 640-GB, 7200-rpm 621046-001 500-GB, 7200-rpm for use onl y with computer m odels equipped with an Intel processor 608218-001 320-GB, 7200-rpm 634862-001 and 641672-001 250-GB, 7200-rpm 634861-001 and 635225-001 Hard Drive Hardware Kit (inc ludes bracket, connector cable, shield, and screws) 641306-001 160-GB solid-state drive (does no t in clude bracket, connector cable, shield, or screws) 639405-001 56 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Before removing a hard drive, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ). 5. Remove the service cover (see Optical drive on page 53 ). Remove the hard drive: NOTE: Steps 1 through 3 apply to th e primary hard drive. See steps 4 through 7 for secondary hard drive removal information. 1. Disconnect the hard drive cab le (1) from the system board. 2. Remove the four Philll ips PM2.5Ã5.0 screws (2) that secure the hard drive to the computer. 3. Remove the hard dri ve (3) . 4. Disconnect the hard drive cab le (1) from the system board. 5. Release the har d drive cable (2) from the routing cha nnel built into the base enc losure. 6. Remove the four Philll ips PM2.5Ã5.0 screws (3) that secure the hard drive to the computer. Component replacement proced ures 57
7. Remove the hard dri ve (4) . 8. If it is necessary to replace the hard dr ive bracket or hard drive connector cable: a. Remove the fo ur Phillip s PM3.0Ã4. 0 screws (1) that secure the hard drive bracket to the hard drive. b. Remove the hard drive bracket (2) from the hard drive. 58 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
c. Disconnect the hard drive connector cable (3) from the hard drive. NOTE: The hard drive connector cable used on the secondary hard drive has a longer cable. Reverse this procedure to reassemble and install the mass storage device. Component replacement proced ures 59
RTC battery Description Spare part number RTC battery (includes cable and double-sided tape) 640902-001 Before removing the RTC battery, follow these step s: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ). 5. Remove the service cover (see Optical drive on page 53 ). Remove the RTC battery: 1. Disconnect the RTC battery cable (1) from the system board. 2. Release the clips (2) built into the base enclosur e that secure the R TC battery. 3. Remove the RTC battery (3) . (The RTC battery is at tached to the base enclosure with double- sided tape. ) Reverse this procedure to install the RTC battery. 60 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Memory module NOTE: The computer can be equ ipped with up to tw o memory modules. The primary memory module is installed in the memo ry module socket closest to the system board. Th e expansion memory module is installed in the memor y module socket farthest fro m the system board. Description Spare part number 8 GB (DDR3, 10600, 13 33-MHz, for use only with co mputer models equipped with an Intel processor) 634091-001 4 GB (DDR3, 10600, 1333-M Hz) 621569-001 2 GB (DDR3, 10600, 1333-M Hz) 621565-001 1 GB (DDR3, 10600, 1333-M Hz) 639736-001 Before removing a memory module, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ). 5. Remove the service cover (see Optical drive on page 53 ). Remove the memory module: 1. Spread the retaining tabs (1) on each side of the memo ry module slot to release the memory module. (The memory module tilts up.) Component replacement proced ures 61
2. Remove the memory module (2) by pulling it away from t he slot at an angle. Reverse this procedure to install a memory module. WLAN module Description Spare part number For use with all computer models: Atheros 9485GN 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and 3012 Bluetooth 4.0 Combo Adapter 655795-001 Atheros AR9285 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi Adapter 605560-005 Broadcom 4313 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi Adapter 593836-001 Broadcom 4313 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and 2070 Bluetooth 2.1 E DR Combo adapter (BT3.0HS ready) 600370-001 Broadcom 4313GN 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and 20702 Bluetooth 4.0 Combo Adapter 657325-001 Ralink RT3090BC4 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and Bluetooth 2.1 EDR Combo adapter (BT3.0HS ready) 630705-001 Ralink 5390GN 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi Adapter 630703-001 Realtek RTL8188CE 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and Bluetooth 4.0LE Combo Adapter 65611 9-001 For use only with computer mo dels equipped with an AMD processor: Atheros AR9002WB-1NGB 802.1 1b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and Bluetooth 2.1EDR Combo Adapter (BT3.0 HS ready) 593127-001 Realtek 8188BC8 802.11a/b/g/n 2 Ã2 WiFi and Bluetooth 3.0 HS Combo Adapter 602993-001 Realtek 8188GN 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi Adapter 640926-001 For use only with computer mo dels equipped with an Intel processor: 62 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Description Spare part number Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6230 631956-001 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1000 8 02.11b/g/n 1Ã2 WLAN module 593530-001 Intel Centrino Wireless-N WiM AX 6150 633817-001 CAUTION: To prevent an unresponsive system, replace the wi reless module only with a wireless module authorized for us e in the computer by the governmental agency that regulates wireless devices in your countr y or region. If you r eplac e the module and then rec eive a warning message, remove the module to restore device functi onality, and then cont act technical support. Before removing the WLAN module , follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ). 5. Remove the service cover (see Optical drive on page 53 ). Remove the WLAN module: 1. Disconnect the WLAN antenna cables fr om the terminals on the WLAN module. NOTE: The #1 WLAN antenna cable is connected to the WLAN module Main terminal. The #2 WLAN antenna cable is connected to the WLAN module Aux t erminal. Component replacement proced ures 63
2. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.0Ã4.0 scr ews that secure the WLA N module to the syst em board. (The WLAN module tilts up. ) 3. Remove the WLAN modu le by pulling the mod ule away from the slot at an angle. NOTE: If the WLAN antennas are not connected to the termin als on the WLAN module, the pro tective sleeves must be installed on the antenna conn ec tors, as shown i n the following illustrati on. Reverse this procedure to install the WLAN module. 64 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Keyboard NOTE: The keyboard spare part kit incl udes a keyboard cab le. Description Spare part nu mber Description Spare part number For use with all computer models: For use in Italy 639396-061 For use in Belgium 639396-A41 For use in the Netherlands 639396-B31 For use in Canada 639396-121 For use in Portug al 639396-131 For use in the Czech Republic 639396-221 For use in Russia 639396-251 For use in Denmark, Finland, and Norway 639396-DH1 For use in Slovenia 639396-BA1 For use in France 639396-051 For use in Spain 639396-071 For use in Germany 639396-041 For use in Switzerland 639396-BG1 For use in Greece 639396-DJ1 For use in the United Kingdom and Singapore 639396-031 For use in Hungary 639396-211 For use in the United States 639396-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor: For use in Saudi Arabia 639396-171 For use in Bulgaria 639396-261 For use in South Korea 639396-AD1 For use in India 639396-D61 For use in Taiwan 639396 -AB1 For use in Israel 639396-BB1 For use in Thailand 639396 -281 For use in Japan 639396-291 For use in Turkey 639396-141 Before removing the keybo ard, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ). 5. Remove the opti cal dr ive (see Optical drive on page 53 ). Component replacement proced ures 65
Remove the keyboard: 1. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.5Ã5.0 scr ews th at secure the keyboard to the computer. 2. Rest the computer on its right side. 3. Open the computer. 4. Insert a screw driver o r similar thin tool into the keyboard screw hole, a nd then press on the ba ck of the keyboard until the keyboard disengages from the computer. 5. Turn the compu ter right-side up with the front toward you. 66 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
6. Lift the rear edge of the keyboard (1) , and then slide the k eyboard (2 ) back until the keyboard cable connector is accessible . 7. Release the zero in sertion force (ZIF) connector (1) to which the keyboa rd cable is attac hed, and then disconnect the keybo ard cable (2) from the system board. 8. Remove the ke yboard. Reverse this procedure to install the keyboard. Component replacement proced ures 67
Top cover NOTE: The top cover spare part kit includes the To uchPad and Tou chPad cable and TouchPad button board and TouchPad button board ca ble. Description Spare part number In steel gray finish 649947-001 In regular finish 639388-001 Before removing the top cover, follow these s teps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) When replacing the top cover, be sure that the fo llowing co mponents ar e removed f rom the defecti ve top cover and installed o n the replacement top cover: â Fingerprint reader board and cab le (see Fingerprint reader board on page 72 ) â Power button board and cable (see Power button board on page 74 ) â Display lid switch bo ard a nd cable (see Display lid switch board on page 76 ) Remove the top cover: 1. Close the compu ter. 2. Turn the comput er upside down , with the front toward you. 68 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
3. Remove the eight Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screws that secure the top cover to the computer. 4. Remove the following screws: (1) One Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw in the rear left corner of the base enclosure (2) Three Philllips PM2.5Ã3.0 screws in the optical drive bay (3) Two Phillips PM2.5Ã9.0 screws on th e ri ght side of the base enclosure 5. Turn the compu ter right-side up, with the front toward you. 6. Open the computer. Component replacement proced ures 69
7. Release the ZIF connectors to whi ch the following cabl es are attached, and then dis connect the cables from the system board: (1) Power butto n board c able (2) TouchPad button board cable (3) Fingerprint reader board cable (4) USB board cable 8. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.5Ã5.0 scr ews th at secure the top cover to the computer. NOTE: As you prepare to rele ase the top cover, make su re the USB board (2) cable feed s freely through th e opening (3) in the top cover. 9. Lift the rear edge of the top cover (1) until the left and right sides disengage from the base enclosure. 70 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
10. Remove the top cover (2) . Reverse this procedure to install the top cover. Component replacement proced ures 71
Fingerprint reader board NOTE: The fingerprin t reader board does not includ e the fingerpri nt reader bo ard cable. T he fingerprint reader board cable is included in the Ca ble Kit, spare part numb er 639402-001. Description Spare part number Fingerprint reader board (includes bracket) 640427-001 Before removing the fingerprint re ade r board, fol low th ese steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) â Top cover (see Top cover on page 68 ) Remove the fingerprint reader board, bracket, and cabl e: 1. Turn the to p cover ups ide down , with the front toward you. 2. Release the fin gerprint reader board cable (1) from the surface of the top cover. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.0Ã2. 0 screws (2) that secure the fingerprint reader board and bracket to t he top cove r. 72 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
3. Remove the fingerprint reader board bracket (3) , board (4) , and ca ble. Reverse this proc edure to install the fingerprint re ader boar d, bracket, a nd cable. Component replacement proced ures 73
Power button board NOTE: The power button board does no t include the power button boa rd cable. The power button board cable is included in the Cabl e Kit, spare part number 639402-001. Description Spare part number Power button board 640898-001 Before removing the powe r button board, follow these s teps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) â Top cover (see Top cover on page 68 ) Remove the p ower button bo ard: 1. Turn the to p cover ups ide down , with the front toward you. 2. Release the power button board cable from the tab (1) on the top cover. 3. Disconnect the display lid switch board cable (2) from the power button board. 4. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.0Ã4.0 s crews (3) that secure the power button board to the top cove r. 74 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
5. Remove the power button board and cable (4) . Reverse this procedure to install the power button board. Component replacement proced ures 75
Display lid switch board Description Spare part number Display lid switch board (includes cable) 647270-001 Before removing the display lid s witch board, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) â Top cover (see Top cover on page 68 ) Remove the display lid switch board: 1. Turn the to p cover ups ide down , with the front toward you. 2. Disconnect the dis play lid switch cable (1) from the power button board. 3. Release the display lid swi tch board cable from the clips (2) built into the top cover. 76 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
4. Release the disp lay lid switch bo ard from the clips (3) built into the top cover. 5. Remove the display lid switch board and cab le. Reverse this procedure to insta ll the display l id switch bo ard and ca ble. Component replacement proced ures 77
SD Card reader board NOTE: The SD Card reader bo ard does not include the SD C ard reader bo ard cable. The SD Card reader bo ard cable is included in the Cable Ki t, spare part number 639402-001. Description Spare part number SD Card reader board 640899-001 Before removing the SD Card re ader board, fo llow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) â Top cover (see Top cover on page 68 ) Remove the S D Card read er boar d and cabl e: 1. Release the ZIF conne ctor to which the SD Card reader board cable is connecte d, and then disconnect the SD Card reader board cable (1) from the system board. 2. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.5Ã5.0 s crews (2) that sec ure the SD Card reader board to the base enclosure. 78 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
3. Remove the SD Ca rd reader board (3) and cable. Reverse this procedure to install the SD Card reader board and cable. Component replacement proced ures 79
Bluetooth module NOTE: This section applies only to computer mo dels equipped with an Intel pr ocessor. NOTE: The Bluetooth module spare part kit does not i nclude the Blueto oth module cable. T he Bluetooth mod ule cable is availabl e using spa re part numbe r 647271-001. Description Spare part number EDR v.4.0 655792-001 EDR v.3.0 537921-001 Before removing the Bluetooth module and cable, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) â Top cover (see Top cover on page 68 ) Remove the Bluetooth module and cable: 1. Disconnect the Bluetooth mod ule cable (1) from the system board. 2. Release the Blueto oth module cable (2) from the clips built into the speak er and base enclosure. 80 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
3. Release the Bluetooth mo dule (3) from the clip built into the base enclosure. 4. Remove the Bluetooth module and cable. 5. If it is necessary to replace the Bluetooth module ca ble, disc onnect th e cable from the Bluetooth module. Reverse this procedure to instal l the Bluetooth module and cable. Component replacement proced ures 81
USB board NOTE: The USB board does not includ e the USB board cable. T he USB board cable is included in the Cable Kit, spare pa r t number 639402 -001. Description Spare part number USB board 646434-001 Before removing the USB board, follow the se steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) â Top cover (see Top cover on page 68 ) Remove the USB board: 1. Detach the USB board cable (1) from the base enclosu re. (The USB board cab le is attached to the base enclosure with double-side d tape.) 2. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.5Ã5.0 s crews (2) that secure the USB board to the base enclosure. 82 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
3. Remove the USB board (3) and cable . Reverse this procedure to install the USB board and ca ble. Component replacement proced ures 83
Front speakers Description Spare part number Front speakers (includes front left and right speakers and cables) 639394-001 Before removing the front speakers, f ollow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) â Top cover (see Top cover on page 68 ) â USB boar d (see USB board on page 82 ) Remove the front speakers and cables: 1. Disconnect the front speaker cable (1 ) from the system bo ard. 2. Release the front speaker cabl e from the clips (2) and routing chan nel built into the base enclosure. 84 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
3. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.5Ã5.0 s crews (3) that secure the front right speaker to the base enclosure. 4. Rotate the fron t left sp eaker (1) cloc kwise to release it fr om under the sy stem board. 5. Remove the front left speaker (2) . 6. Remove the front right speaker (3) . Reverse this procedure to install the front speak ers and cables. Component replacement proced ures 85
Power connector cable NOTE: The power connector cable is includ ed in th e Cable Kit, spare par t number 639402- 001. Before removing the power connector cable, follow these step s: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) â Top cover (see Top cover on page 68 ) Remove the power co nnector cabl e: 1. Release the power connector cable from the clips (1) built into the base enclosur e. 2. Disconnect the powe r connector cable (2) from the system bo ard. 3. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.0Ã4.0 s crews (3) that secure the power connector to the base enclosure. 4. Remove the power connector (4) from t he base enclosure. Reverse this procedure to install the power connector ca ble. 86 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
System board NOTE: The system boa rd spare part kit includ es replacement thermal materi al. Description Spare part number For use only with computer mo dels equipped with an AMD processor: For use only with computer models equipped wit h the RS880M chipset and the HD6650 graphics subsystem with 1.0-GB of discrete memory 658833-001 For use only with computer models equipped wit h the RS880M chipset and the HD6470 graphics subsystem with 512-MB of discrete memory 658832-001 For use only with computer models equipped wi th the RS880M chipset and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory 658831-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with the 6750 chipset and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory (incl udes 1024-MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 645386-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with the 6650 chipset and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory (incl udes 1024-MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 641576-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with the 6490 chipset and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory (incl udes 512- MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 645385-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with the 6470 chipset and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory (incl udes 512- MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 641575-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with a graphics subsystem with UMA memory (includes repl acement thermal mat erial) 645384-001 For use only with computer mo dels equipped with an Intel processor: For use only with computer models equipped with the Intel H M65 chipset, an Intel Quad Core processor, and a gr aphics subsystem with 2.0-GB of dis crete memory 655488-001 For use only with computer models equipped with the Intel H M65 chipset, an Intel Dual Core processor, and a gr aphics subsystem with 2.0-GB of dis crete memory 655489-001 For use only with computer models equipped with the Intel H M65 chipset, an Intel Quad Core processor, and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory 656292-001 For use only with computer models equipped with the HM65 chipset, an Inte l Dual Core processor, and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory 651906-001 For use only with computer mo dels equipped with the 6770 chipset and an Intel Quad Core processor (BACO, includes 1024-M B of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 659093-001 For use only with computer mo dels equipped with the 6770 chipset and an Intel Quad Core processor (includes 1024-MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 639391-001 For use only with computer mo dels equipped with the 6770 chipset and an Intel Dual Co re processor (BACO, includes 1024-MB of disc rete graphics subsys tem memory) 659094-001 For use only with computer mo dels equipped with the 6770 chipset and an Intel Dual Co re processor (includes 1024-MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 639392-001 For use only with computer mo dels equipped with the 6490 chipset and an Intel Quad Core processor (BACO, includes 1024-M B of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 659095-001 Component replacement proced ures 87
Description Spare part number For use only with computer mo dels equipped with the 6490 chipset and an Intel Quad Core processor (includes 1024-MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 639389-001 For use only with computer mo dels equipped with the 6490 chipset and an Intel Dual Co re processor (BACO, includes 1024-MB of disc rete graphics subsys tem memory) 659096-001 For use only with computer mo dels equipped with the 6490 chipset and an Intel Dual Co re processor (includes 1024-MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 639390-001 Thermal Material Kit (includes re placement thermal pads and paste): For use only with computer models equipped wi th an AMD A8, A6, A4, or E2 processor and a graphics subsystem wi th discrete memory 654111-001 For use only with computer models equipped wi th an AMD A8, A6, A4, or E2 processor and a graphics subsystem with UM A memory 654112-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an AMD Athlon, Phenom, or Turion proces sor and a graphics subsystem wi th discrete memory 640457-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an AMD Athlon, Phenom, or Turion proces sor and a graphics subsyste m with UMA memory 640456-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an Intel pro cessor and a graphics subsystem with 2-GB of discrete memory 650801-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an Intel pro cessor and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory 641493-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an Intel pro cessor and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory 641492-001 Before removing the system board, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â WLAN module (see WLAN module on page 62 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) â Top cover (see Top cover on page 68 ) 88 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
When replacing the system board, be sure that the following components are removed from the defective system board and installe d on the replacement system board: â Memory module (see Memory module on page 61 ) â RTC batte ry (see RTC battery on page 60 ) â Fan and heat sink (see Fan/heat sink assembly on pag e 91 ) â Processor (see Processor on page 95 ) Remove the system board: 1. Close the compu ter. 2. Turn the comput er upside down , with the front toward you. 3. Disconnect the rear spea ker cable (1) and the optical drive cabl e (2) from the system boar d. 4. Turn the computer ri ght side up, with the front toward you. 5. Open the computer. Component replacement proced ures 89
6. Disconnect the following c ables from the system b oard: (1) Display panel cable (2) Webcam/microphone cable (3) Subwoofer cable (4) Power connector cable 7. Remove the five Phillips PM2.5Ã 5.0 screws that secure the system bo ard to the base enclosure. 8. Flex the left side (1) of the base enclosur e outward to allow the audio connector s (2) to clear the openings in the base enclosure. 9. Lift the front edge of the system board (3 ) until it rests at an angle. 90 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
10. Remove the system board (4) by sliding it up and forward at an angle. Reverse this procedure to install the sy stem board. Fan/heat sink assembly NOTE: The fan/heat si nk assembly spare p art kit includes replacement thermal material. Description Spare part number For use only with computer models equipped with the AMD A70M chipset and a graphics subsys tem with discrete memory 650057-001 For use only with computer models equipped with the AMD A70M chipset and a graphics subsys tem with UMA memory 650056-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an AMD proces sor and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory 641578-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an AMD proces sor and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory 639404-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an Intel pro cessor and a graphics subsystem with 2.0-GB of discrete memory 653627-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an Intel pro cessor and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory 653628-001 For use only with computer mo dels equipped with an Intel processor 64090 3-001 NOTE: To properly ventilate the computer, allow at least 7. 6 cm (3 in) of clearance on the left side of the computer. The computer uses an electric fan for ventilation. The fan is co ntrolled by a temperature sensor and is designed to turn on automaticall y when high temperature conditions exist. These conditions are affect ed by high external te mperatures, system power consumption, power management/battery conservation configurations, battery fast char ging, and software re quirements. Exhaust air is displaced through the ventilation grill located on the left side of the computer. Component replacement proced ures 91
Before removing the fan/heat si nk assembly, follow these ste ps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â WLAN module (see WLAN module on page 62 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) â Top cover (see Top cover on page 68 ) â System board (see System bo ard on page 87 ) Remove the fan/heat sink assembly: 1. Disconnect the fan cable from the sy stem board. 2. Turn the system board up side down, with the front toward you. NOTE: Steps 3 and 4 apply to computer models equi pped with an AMD processo r. See steps 5 and 6 for fan/heat sink asse mbly removal infor mation for comp uter models equip ped with an Intel processor. 3. Following the 1 through 9 sequence indicated on the heat sink, loosen th e nine captive screws (1) that secure the fan/heat sink asse mbly to the system board. NOTE: Due to the adhesive quality of the the rmal ma terial located between the heat sink and system board components, it may be necessary to move the fan/heat sink assembly from side to side to detach it. 92 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
4. Remove the fan/heat sink assembly (2) . NOTE: The thermal material must be thoroughly clea ned from the surface s of the heat s ink and the system board components each time the fa n/ heat si nk assembl y is removed. Re placeme nt thermal material is included with the f an/heat sink asse mbly, processor, and sy stem board spare part kits. â Thermal paste is used on the proces sor (1) and the heat sink section (2) that services it â A thermal pad is used on the Northbridge chip (3) and the heat sink sectio n (4) that services it â A thermal pad is used on the graphics sub system chip (5) and the heat sink section (6) that services it (only on computer models equipped with a graphics subsystem with discrete memory) Component replacement proced ures 93
NOTE: Steps 5 and 6 apply to c omputer mod els equi pped with an Intel pr ocessor. See steps 3 and 4 for fan and heat sink removal informat ion for computer models equipped with a n AMD processor. 5. Following the 1 through 8 sequence indicated on the heat sink, loosen the eight screws (1) that secure the fan/heat sink assembly to the system board. NOTE: Due to the adhesive quality of the the rmal ma terial located between the heat sink and system board components, it may be necessary to move the fan/heat sink assembly from side to side to detach it. 6. Remove the fan/heat sink assembly (2) . NOTE: The thermal material must be thoroughly clea ned from the surface s of the heat s ink and the system board components each time the fan/ heat sink assembly is removed. Replacement thermal material is included with the fan/heat sink assembly, processor, and sy stem board spare part kits . â A thermal pad is used on the capa citors (1) and the heat sink section (2) that services them â Thermal paste is used on the proces sor (3) and the heat sink section (4) that services it â A thermal pad is used on the graphics sub system chip (5) and the heat sink section (6) that services it (only on computer models equipped with a graphics subsystem with discrete memory) 94 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Reverse this procedure to install the fan/heat sink as sembly. Processor NOTE: The processor sp are part kit includes re placement thermal material. Description Spare part number AMD A8-3530MX 2.60 -GHz processor, (1.90-GHz FS B, 4.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 45 W) 653364-001 AMD A8-3510MX 2.50 -GHz processor (1.80-GHz FSB, 4.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 45 W) 653358-001 AMD A8-3500M 2.40 -GHz processor (1.50-GHz FSB, 4.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 35 W) 653350-001 AMD A6-3410MX 2.30 -GHz processor (1.60-GHz FSB, 2.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 45 W) 653357-001 AMD A6-3400M 2.30 -GHz processor (1.40-GHz FSB, 4.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 35 W) 653349-001 AMD A4-3310MX 2.50 -GHz processor (2.10-GHz FSB, 2.0-MB L2 cache, dual core, 45 W) 653356-001 AMD A4-3300M 2.50 -GHz processor (1.90-GHz FSB, 2.0 -MB L2 cache, dual core, 35 W) 653348-001 AMD E2-3000M 2.40-GHz processo r (1.80-GHz FSB, 4.0-MB L2 cach e, quad core, 35 W) 653351-001 AMD Athlon II N370 2.50-GHz proces sor (1.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.2-GT/ second, dual core, 35 W) 634686-001 AMD Athlon II P340 2.20-GHz proces sor (1.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.2-GT/ second, dual core, 25 W) 616343-001 AMD Athlon II P360 2.30-GHz proces sor (2.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 25 W) 636635-001 AMD Phenom II N850 2.20-G Hz processor (1.5-MB L2 ca che, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, triple core, 35 W) 616345-001 AMD Phenom II P960 1.80-GHz processor ( 2.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, quad core, 25 W) 634689-001 AMD Phenom II P860 2.00-GHz processor ( 1.5-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, triple core, 25 W) 634688-001 Component replacement proced ures 95
Description Spare part number AMD Phenom II P650 2.60-GHz processor ( 2.0-MB L2 cache, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 25 W) 634687-001 AMD Phenom II N660 3.00-GHz processor (2.0-MB L2 cache, 1333-MH z FSB, 3.6-GT/second, dual core, 35 W) 635494-001 AMD Phenom II N870 2.30-G Hz processor (1.5-MB L2 ca che, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, triple core, 35 W) 635495-001 AMD Phenom II N970 2.20-G Hz processor (2.0-MB L2 ca che, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, quad core, 35 W) 635496-001 AMD Turion II N570 2.70-GHz processor (2 .0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 35 W) 634690-001 AMD Turion II N560 2.50-GHz processor (2 .0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 35 W) 634691-001 Intel Quad Core i7-2820QM 2.30-GHz (turbo up to 3.10 -GHz) processor (1600-MHz FSB, 8-MB L3 cache, 45 W) 634694-001 Intel Quad Core i7-2720QM 2.20-GHz (turbo up to 3.00 -GHz) processor (1600-MHz FSB, 6-MB L3 cache, 45 W) 631254-001 Intel Quad Core i7-2630QM 2.00-GHz (turbo up to 2.90 -GHz) processor (1600-MHz FSB, 6-MB L3 cache, 45 W) 635501-001 Intel Dual Core i7-2620M 2.70-GHz (turbo up to 3.40-GH z) processor (1333-MHz FSB, 4-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 631252-001 Intel Dual Core i5-2540M 2.60-GHz (turbo up to 3.30-GH z) processor (1333-MHz FSB, 3-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 631255-001 Intel Dual Core i5-2520M 2.50-GHz (turbo up to 3.20-GH z) processor (1333-MHz FSB, 3-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 631253-001 Intel Dual Core i5-2430M 2.40-GHz (SC turbo up to 3.00-GHz) processor (3 .0-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 653341-001 Intel Dual Core i5-2410M 2.30-GHz (turbo up to 2.90-GHz) processor (3-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 638039-001 Intel Dual Core i3-2350M 2.30-GHz process or (3.0-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 653340-001 Intel Dual Core i3-2330M 2.20-GHz process or (3.0-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 653339-001 Intel Dual Core i3-2310M 2.10-GHz process or (3-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 638037-001 Intel Pentium B950 TJ85 2.10-GHz proces sor (2.0-MB L3 cache, dual core, 35 W) 653338-001 Intel Pentium B940 TJ85 2.00-GHz proces sor (2.0-MB L3 cache, dual core, 35 W) 653337-001 Before removing the pr ocessor, follow th ese steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 96 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â WLAN module (see WLAN module on page 62 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) â Top cover (see Top cover on page 68 ) â System board (see System bo ard on page 87 ) â Fan/heat sink assembly (see Fan/heat sink assembly on page 91 ) Remove the processor: 1. Use a flat-bladed screw driver (1) to turn the processor lo cking screw one-half turn counterclockwis e (2) , until you hear a click. Component replacement proced ures 97
2. Lift the processor (3) straight up, and remove it. NOTE: The gold triangle (4) on the processo r must be aligned with the triangle icon embo ssed on the processor socket when you install the processor. Reverse this procedure to install the processor. 98 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Optical drive cable NOTE: The optical d rive cable is i ncluded in the Optical Drive Hardware Kit, spare part numb er 641549-001. The optical dr ive cable in cludes the optical drive connector. Before removing the optical drive cabl e, follow these ste ps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) â Top cover (see Top cover on page 68 ) â System board (see System bo ard on page 87 ) Remove the optical drive cable: 1. Release the optic al drive cabl e (1) from the clips and routing channel built into the base enclosure. 2. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.0Ã7.0 s crews (2) that secure optical drive connector to the base enclosure. 3. Remove the optica l drive cable (2) from the base enclosure. Reverse this procedure to install the optical drive ca ble. Component replacement proced ures 99
Rear speakers Description Spare part number Rear speakers (include rear left and right speakers , grill, and cable) 641304-001 Before removing the rear speakers , follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â WLAN module (see WLAN module on page 62 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) â Top cover (see Top cover on page 68 ) â System board (see System bo ard on page 87 ) Remove the rear sp eakers and cables: 1. Close the compu ter. 2. Turn the comput er upside down , with the front toward you. 100 Chapter 4 Removal and rep lacement procedures
3. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.5Ã5.0 s crews (1) and the three Phillips PM2.5Ã3.0 screws (2) that secure the rear speakers to the computer. 4. Turn the computer ri ght side up, with the front toward you. 5. Open the computer. 6. Release the rear speaker cable from the cli ps (1) and the routing channel built into the base enclosure. Remove the re ar speaker (2) . Reverse this procedure to install the rear speakers and c ables. Component replacement proced ures 101
Subwoofer Description Spare part number Subwoofer (includes isolators and cable) 639393-001 Before removing the subwoo fer, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â WLAN module (see WLAN module on page 62 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) â Top cover (see Top cover on page 68 ) â System board (see System bo ard on page 87 ) â Rear speakers (see Rear speakers on page 100 ) Remove the rear subwoofer and cables: 1. Release the subwoofe r cable (1) from the clips and routing chann el built into the base enclos ure. 2. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.0Ã4.0 s crews (2) an d the two Phillips PM2.0Ã11.0 screws (3) that secure the subwoofer to the computer. 102 Chapter 4 Removal and rep lacement procedures
3. Remove the subwoofer (4) and cables. Reverse this procedure to install the subwoofer and cables. Display assembly NOTE: The display asse mbly includes a webcam, tw o microphones, an d wireless antenna transceivers and cables. Description Spare part number 17.3-in, AntiGlare, FHD, LED display ass embly in aluminum finish 656295-001 17.3-in, AntiGlare, FHD, LED display assembly in steel gray finish 65629 6-001 17.3-in, BrightView, HD , LED, LVDS displ ay assembly in steel gray finish 654442-001 17.3-in, BrightView, HD , LED, LVDS displ ay assembly in regular finish 639397-001 Before removing the display asse mbly, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â WLAN module (see WLAN module on page 62 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) Component replacement proced ures 103
â Top cover (see Top cover on page 68 ) â System board (see System bo ard on page 87 ) â Rear speakers (see Rear speakers on page 100 ) Remove the display assembly: 1. Release the wirel ess antenna cables from the clips (1) and the opening in the base enclosure. CAUTION: Support the display assembly when removing the following screws. Failure to support the displa y assembly can result in damage to the display as sembly and othe r computer components. 2. Remove the six Phillip s PM2.5Ã5.0 s crews (2) and (3) that secure the display assembly to the comp uter. NOTE: The middle screw (3) on the left hinge secures the di splay panel cable ground loop to the hinge. 3. Remove the disp lay assembly (4) . 104 Chapter 4 Removal and rep lacement procedures
4. If it is necessary to replace the disp lay bezel or any of the display assembly subcomponent s: a. Remove the screw covers (1) and t he two Phillips PM2.5Ã5. 0 screw s (2) that secure the display bezel to t he display assembly . b. Flex the inside edges of the top edge (1) , the left and right sides (2) , and the bottom edge (3) of the display bezel until the bezel disengages from the display enclosure. c. Remove the display bezel (4) . The display bezel is available using spare p art number 639398-001. Component replacement proced ures 105
5. If it is necessary to re place the di splay panel: a. Remove the ten P hillips PM 2.5Ã5.0 screws that secure the display panel to the display enclosure. b. Lift the top edge of the display panel, a nd then swing it up and forward until it rests upside down in front of the display enclosure. 106 Chapter 4 Removal and rep lacement procedures
c. Release the adhe sive strip (1) that secures the display panel ca ble to the display panel, and then disconnect t he display panel cable (2) from the display panel. d. Remove the display panel. The display panel is available usi ng the following spare part numbers: â 656297-001â 17.3-in, Anti Glare, FHD, LED, dis play panel for use o nly with compu ter models equipped with an Intel p rocessor â 641629-001â17 .3-in, BrightView, HD , LED, LVDS display panel for us e with all computer models 6. If it is necessary to replac e the webcam/microphone module: a. Detach and relea se the webcam/microphone module (1) as far as the webcam/ microphone module cable allows. (The webc am/microphone module is attached to the display enclosure with double-sided tape.) b. Disconnect the webcam/microphone modul e (2) from the webcam/m icrophone module. Component replacement proced ures 107
c. Remove the webcam/microphone module (3) . The webcam/microphone module is available using spare part number 6393 87-001. 7. If it is necessary to re place the displa y hinges: a. Remove the eight Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screws (1) that secure the di splay hinges to the display panel. b. Remove the display hinges (2) . The display hinges include the display hinges and brack ets and are available using s pare part number 639403-001. 8. If it is necessary to replace the di splay panel cab le: a. Disconnect the display logo light cable (1) from the di splay panel cable. b. Release the display panel cabl e (2) from the clips (3) built into the disp lay encl osure. 108 Chapter 4 Removal and rep lacement procedures
c. Remove the display panel cable (4) . The display panel ca ble includes the webca m/ microphone module cable and is available in the Di splay Cable Kit, spare part number 640900-001. 9. If it is necessary to replace the wireless antenna cables and transceiver s: a. Release the wireless antenna transceivers (1 ) from the display enclosure. (The wirele ss antenna transcei vers are attached to t he display enclosure with double-sided tape.) b. Release the wireless antenna cables from the clips (2) built into the display enclosure. Component replacement proced ures 109
c. Remove the wireless a ntenna cables and transc eivers (3) . The wireless antenna cables and transceivers are a vailable in the Antenna Kit, spare p art number 639401-001. Reverse this procedure to reassemble and install the display assembly. 110 Chapter 4 Removal and rep lacement procedures
5 Setup Utility (BIOS) and System Diagnostics Using Setup Utility Setup Utility, or Basic Input /Output System (BIOS) , controls communication between all the input and output device s on the system (such a s disk drives , display, keyboard, mouse, and printer). Setup Utility includes settings for the type s of peripherals i nsta lled, the startup sequence of the computer, and the amount of system and extended memory. NOTE: Use extreme care when making changes in Setup Utility. Errors can prevent the computer f rom operating properly. Starting Setup Utility NOTE: An external keyboard or mouse connected to a USB port can be used with Setup Utility only if USB legacy support is enabled . To start Setup Utili ty, follow these steps: 1. Turn on or restart the com puter, and then press esc while the âPre ss the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displaye d at the bottom of the screen. 2. Press f10 to enter Setup Utility. Changing the language of Setup Utility 1. Start Setup Utility. 2. Use the arrow keys to select System Configuration > Language , and then pr ess ente r . 3. Use the arrow keys to select a lang uage, and then press enter . 4. When a confirmation prompt with your language selected is displayed, press enter . 5. To save your change and exit Setup Ut ility, use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Saving Changes , and then press enter . Your change tak es effect immedi ately. Using Setup Utility 111
Navigating and select ing in Setup Utility To navigate and select in Setup Utilit y, follow these steps: 1. Turn on or restart the com puter, and then press esc while the âPre ss the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displaye d at the bottom of the screen. â To select a menu or a menu item, use the t ab key and the keyboard arrow keys and then press enter , or use a po inting device to cl ick the item. â To scroll up and down, click the up arrow or the down arrow in th e upper-right co rner of the screen, or use the up arrow ke y or the down arrow key. â To close open dialog bo xes and return to the main Se tup Utility screen, pres s esc , and then follow the on- screen instructions. NOTE: You can use either a poin ting devic e (TouchPa d, pointing sti ck, or USB m ouse) or the keyboard to navigate and make sele ctions in Setu p Utility. 2. Press f10 to enter Setup Utility. To exit Setup Utility me nus, choo se one of the following methods: â To exit Setup Utility menus without saving your changes, click the Exit icon in the lower-lef t corner of the screen, and then follow the on-scree n instructions. â or â Use the tab key and the arrow keys to select File > Ignore Changes and Exit , and then press enter . â To save your changes an d exit Setup Utility menus, cl ick the Save icon in the lower-left corner o f the screen, and then follow the o n-screen in structions. â or â Use the tab key and the arrow keys to select File > Save Changes and Exit , and then press enter . Your changes go into ef fect when the computer resta rts. Displaying system information 1. Start Setup Utility. 2. Select the Main menu. System information such as the system time and date, and identification information about the computer is displayed. 3. To exit Setup Utility without changing an y settings, use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Discarding Changes , and then press enter . 112 Chapter 5 Setup Utility (BIOS) and System Diagnostics
Restoring factory settings in Setup Utility NOTE: Restoring de faults will not change the hard drive mode. To return all settings in Setup Utility to the values that were set at the factory, f ollow these steps: 1. Turn on or restart the com puter, and then press esc while the âPre ss the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displaye d at the bottom of the screen. 2. Press f10 to enter Setup Utility. 3. Use a pointi ng device or the arrow keys to select File > Restore Defaults . 4. Follow the on-screen instructions. 5. To save your changes and exit, click the Save icon in the lower-left corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. â or â Use the arrow keys to select File > Save Changes and Exit , and then press enter . Your changes go into ef fect when the computer resta rts. NOTE: Your password settings and security s ettings are not changed when you rest ore the factory settings. Exiting Setup Utility â To exit Setup Utility and save your changes from the current se ssion: If the Setup Utility menus are not visible, press esc to return to the menu display. Then use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Saving Changes , and then pr ess en ter . â To exit Setu p Utility without saving your changes fr om the current sessi on: If the Setup Utility menus are not visible, press esc to return to the menu display. Then use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Discarding Changes , and then press enter . Updating the BIOS Updated versions of the BIOS may be available on the HP Web site. Most BIOS updates on the HP Web site are p ackaged in compres sed files called SoftPa qs . Some download packages contain a file named Re adme.txt, which contains information regarding installing and troubleshooting the file. Using Setup Utility 113
Determining the BIOS version To determine whether available BIOS updates contain later BIOS versio ns than those currentl y installed on the computer, you need to know the vers ion of the system BIOS currently installed. BIOS version information (also kno wn as ROM date and System B IOS) can be displayed by pressing fn esc (if you are already in Window s) or by using S etup Utility. 1. Start Setup Utility. 2. Use a pointi ng device or the arrow keys to select File > System Information . 3. To exit Setup Utility without saving your changes, click the Exit icon in the lower-left corner of the screen, and then follow the o n-screen in structions. â or â Use the tab key and the arrow keys to select File > Ignore Changes and Exit , and then press enter . Downloading a BIOS update CAUTION: To reduce the risk of d amage to the comput er or an unsuccessful installation, download and install a BIOS update only when the computer is connect ed to reliable external power using the AC adapter. Do not download or install a BIOS update while the computer is running on battery power, docked in an optional docking d e vice, or connected t o an optional power source. Du ring the download and installation, follow these i nstructions: Do not disconnect power fr om the computer by unplug ging the power cord from the AC outlet. Do not shut down the computer or initiate Sleep or Hibernation. Do not insert, remove, co nnect, or dis c onnect any device, cable, or cord. 1. Windows 7 âSelect Start > Help and Support > Maintain . Windows X P âSelect Start > H elp and Support , and then select the softwa re and drivers update. 2. Follow the on-scre en instructions to identify your co mputer and acces s the BIOS upda te you want to downl oad. 3. At the download area , follow these st eps: a. Identify the BIOS update that is later than the BIOS version currently installed on yo ur computer. Make a note of the da te, name, or other identifier. You may need this information to locate the update later, after it has been downloaded to your hard drive. b. Follow the on-screen instructions to download your selection to the hard drive. Make a note of the path to the location on your hard dr ive where the BIOS up date is downloaded. You will need to access this path when you are ready to install the update. NOTE: If you connect your computer to a networ k, consult the network administra tor before installing any software updates, especial ly system BIOS updates. 114 Chapter 5 Setup Utility (BIOS) and System Diagnostics
BIOS installati on procedures vary. Follow any instructions that are display ed on the screen after the download is complete. If no instructions are di splayed, follow these s teps: 1. Windows 7 âOpen Windows Explo rer by selecting Start > Computer . Windows X P âOpen Windows Explorer by selecting Start > My Computer . 2. Double-click y our hard drive desig nation. The hard drive designat ion is typically Local Disk (C:). 3. Using the hard drive path you reco rded earlier, open the f older on your hard drive tha t contains the updat e. 4. Double-click the fi le that ha s an .exe extension (for e xample, filename.exe ). The BIOS installation begins. 5. Complete the installation by foll owing the on-screen in structions. NOTE: After a message on the screen repo rts a successful installation , you can delete the downloaded file from your hard drive. Using System Diagnostics System Diagnostics allows you to run diagnostic tests to determine if the computer hardware is functioning properly. The followi ng diagnostic tests are available in System Diag nostics: â Start-up testâThis test analyzes the ma in comp uter components that are r equired to start the comp uter. â Run-in testâThis test re peats the start-up test and checks for intermittent pr ob lems that the s tart-up test does not detect. â Hard disk testâThis test analyzes the physical condition of the ha rd drive, and then checks all data in every s ector of the hard drive. If the test det ects a damaged sector, it attempts to move the data to a good sector. â Memory testâThis test analy zes the physical condition of the me mory modules. If it reports an error, replac e the memo ry modules immediately. â Battery testâThis test analyzes the condition of th e battery. If the bat tery fails the test, contact HP support to report the issue and purchase a repl acement battery. You can also view system info rmation and error logs in the System Di agnostics window. To start System Diagnostics: 1. Turn on or restart the computer. While the âP ress the ESC key for St artup Menuâ message is displayed in the lower-left corner of the sc reen, press esc . When the Startup Menu is displayed, press f2 . 2. Click the diagn ostic test you want to run, and then follo w the on-s creen instructio ns. NOTE: If you need to stop a diagnostics te st while it is run ning, press esc . Using System Diagnostics 115
6 Specifications Device specifications Metric U.S. Dimensions Depth 27.5 cm 10.8 in Width 41.6 cm 16.4 in Height (front to rear) 3.2- 3.6 cm 1.2-1.4 in Weight 3.43 kg 7.57 lb Input power Operating voltage 18.5 V dc @ 3.5 A - 65 W or 19 V dc @ 4.74 A - 90 W Operating current 3.5 A or 4.74 A Temperature Operating 5°C to 35°C 41°F to 95°F Nonoperating -20°C to 6° C -4°F to 140°F Relative humidity (noncondensing ) Operating 10% to 90% Nonoperating 5% to 95% Maximum altitude (unpressurized) Operating -15 m to 3,048 m -50 ft to 10,000 ft Nonoperating -15 m to 12,192 m -50 ft to 40,000 ft NOTE: Applicable product safety standards spec ify thermal limits for plastic surfaces . The device operates well within this range of temperatures. 116 Chapter 6 Specificatio ns
17.3-inch display specifications Metric U.S. Dimensions Height 21.7 cm 8.54 in Width 38.4 cm 15.12 in Diagonal 43.9 cm 17.29 in Number of colo rs Up to 16.8 million Contrast ra tio 200:1 (typical) Bright ness 180 nits (typical) Pixel resolution Pitch 0.197 à 0.197 mm Format 1600 à 900 Configuration RGB vertical stripe Backlight LED Char acter d isplay 80 à 25 Total power consumption (varies by display) 2.0 W Viewing angle ±65° horizontal, ±50° vertical (typical) 17.3-inch displa y specifications 117
Hard drive specifications 1-TB* 7 50-GB** 640-GB** 500-GB** 320 -GB** 250-GB** 160-GB** Dimensions Height 12.7 mm 12.7 mm 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 9.5 mm Length 100.2 mm 100.2 mm 100.2 mm 100.4 mm 100.4 mm 100.4 m m 100.4 mm Width 69.9 mm 69.9 mm 69.9 mm 69.9 mm 69.9 mm 69.9 mm 69.9 mm Weight 152 g 152 g 98 g 110 g 110 g 105 g 105 g Interface type SATA (3 GB/sec) SATA (3 GB/sec) SATA (3 GB/sec) SATA SATA SATA SATA Transfer rate Synchronous (maximum) 97 M B/sec 97 MB/s ec 106 MB/ sec 1.1 GB/ sec (internal) 1.1 GB/sec (internal) 1.1 GB/sec (internal) 1.1 GB/ sec (internal) Security ATA security ATA security ATA security ATA security ATA security ATA security ATA security Seek times (typical read, including setting) Single track 2 ms 2 ms 1.5 ms 1.5 ms 1.5 ms 1.5 ms 1.5 ms Average (read/write) 12/16 ms 12/16 ms 12/13 ms 11/13 ms 11/13 ms 11/13 ms 11/13 ms Maximum 21 ms 21 ms 24 ms 22 ms 22 ms 22 ms 22 ms Logical blocks 1,953,525, 168 1,465,149, 168 1,250,263 ,728 976,773,1 68 628,142,4 48 488,397,1 68 312,581,8 08 Disk rotational speed 5400 rpm 7200 and 5400 rpm 7200 and 5400 rpm 7200 and 5400 rpm 7200 and 5400 rpm 7200 and 5400 rpm 7200 and 5400 rpm Operating temperature 0°C to 60°C (32°F to 140°F) *1 TB = 1 trillion bytes when referring to hard driv e storage capacity. Actual ac cessible capacity is les s. **1 GB = 1 billion bytes when referring to hard drive storage capacity . Actual accessible capacity is less. NOTE: Certain restrictions and exclusions appl y. Contact technical support for details. 118 Chapter 6 Specificatio ns
7 Backup and recovery Your computer inclu des tools provided by the op erating system and HP to help you safeguard you r information and re store it if ever ne eded. This chapter provides in formation on the following topics: â Creating a set of recovery discs or a recovery flash drive (Recovery Manager software featur e) â Performing a system re store (from the partition, recovery discs, or a recovery flash drive) â Backing up your information â Recovering a program or driver Restore In the event of hard drive failure, to restore your system to its factory i mage you will need a set of recovery discs or a recovery flash dr ive that you can create using HP Recovery Manager. HP recommends that you use this software to create either a set of recovery discs or a re covery flash drive immediately after software setup. If for some other reason you need to restore your system, this can be achieved using the HP Recovery partition (select mo dels only), withou t the need for recovery discs or a recovery flash drive. To check fo r the presence of a reco very partition, click Start , right-click Computer , click Manage , and then clic k Disk Management . If the recovery partition is present, a Recovery drive is li sted in the window. CAUTION: HP Recovery Manager (partition , or discs/fl ash drive) restores only softwar e that was preinstalled at the factory. Software not provided with this computer must be reinstalled manually. NOTE: Recovery discs have been included if your computer does not have a re covery partitio n. Restore 119
Creating restore media HP recommends that you create ei ther a set of recove ry discs or a rec overy fl ash drive to be sure that you can restore your computer to its original factory state if the hard drive fails, or if for any re ason you cannot restore using the recovery partition tools. Create thes e discs or the flash drive after setti ng up the computer for the first time. NOTE: HP Recovery Manager allows the creati on of on l y one set of recovery discs or one recovery flash drive. Handle these discs or flash dri v e carefully and keep them in a safe place. NOTE: If your computer does not include an integr ated optical drive, you can use an optional external optical drive (purchased separately) to cr eate recovery discs, or you can purchase reco very discs for your comput er from the HP Web site. If you use an external optical drive, it must be connected directly to a USB port on the computer, not to a US B port on an external device, such as a USB hub. Guideline s: â Purchase high-quality DVD-R, DVD R, DVD-R DL, or DVD R DL discs. NOTE: Read-write disc s, such as CD-RW, DVD±RW, do uble-layer DVD±RW, and BD-RE (rewritable Blu- ray) discs, are not compat ible with the Reco very Manager software. â The computer must b e connected to AC power during this process. â Only one set of recovery discs or one recove ry flash drive can be created per computer. NOTE: If you are creating recovery discs, number each disc before inserting into the optical drive. â If necessary, you ca n ex it the program before you have fi nished creating the recovery discs or recovery flash drive. The next time you open Re covery Manager, you will be prompted to continue the backup creation process. To create a set of recovery di scs or a recovery flash drive: 1. Select Start > All Programs > Recovery Manager > Recovery Media Creation . 2. Follow the on-screen instructions. 120 Chapter 7 Backup and recovery
Performing a system restore Recovery Manager software allows you to repair or restore the computer to its original facto ry state. Recovery Manager works from recove ry discs, a recovery flash driv e, or from a dedicated recovery partition (select models only) on the hard drive. NOTE: A system restore needs to be performe d if the co mputer har d drive has failed or if all attempts to correct any functional computer i ssues fail. A system restore should be use d as a final attempt to correct computer issues. Note the following when performi ng a system restore: â You can restore only the system that you have pr eviously backed up . HP recommends that you use HP Recovery Manager to create ei ther a set of rec overy discs or a recovery flash drive as soon a s you set up the computer. â Windows has its own built- in repair featu res, such as Sy stem Restore. If yo u have not already tried these features, try them befo re using Recovery Manager. â Recovery Manager restores only software that was preinstal led at the factory. Software not provided wi th this comput er must be downlo aded from the manufacturer's Web si te or reinstalled from the disc provided by the manufacturer. Restoring using the dedi cated recovery partition (select models only) When using the dedicated recovery partition, there is an option to back u p pictures, music and other audio, videos and movies, record ed TV shows, documents, spreadshe ets and presentations, e- mails, Internet favorites and se ttings during this proces s. To restore the compute r from the recovery pa rtition, follow these ste ps: 1. Access Recovery Manager in either of the following ways: â Select Start > All Progr ams > Recovery Manager > Recovery Manager . â or â â Turn on or restart the compu ter, and then press esc while the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displayed at the botto m of the screen. Then, pr ess f11 while the âF11 (System Recovery)â message is displayed on th e screen. 2. Click System Recovery in the Recovery Manager window. 3. Follow the on-screen instructions. Performing a system restore 121
Restoring using the restore media 1. If possible, back up all personal files. 2. Insert the fir st recovery disc in to the opti cal drive on your computer or an optional external optical drive, and then res tart the computer. â or â Insert the recovery flash drive into a USB port on your computer, and then restart the computer. NOTE: If the computer does not automatically rest art in the Recovery Manager, the computer boot order needs to be changed. 3. Press f9 at syste m bootup. 4. Select the optical drive or the flash drive. 5. Follow the on-screen instructions. Changing the computer boot order To change the boot order for recovery discs: 1. Restart the computer. 2. Press esc while the computer i s restarting, and then pr ess f9 for boot opti ons. 3. Select Internal CD/DVD ROM Drive from the boot optio ns window. To change the boot order for recovery flash drive: 1. Insert the flash drive into a USB port. 2. Restart the computer. 3. Press esc while the computer i s restarting, and then pr ess f9 for boot opti ons. 4. Select the flash drive from the boot option s window. 122 Chapter 7 Backup and recovery
Backing up and recovering your information It is very important to back up your files and keep any new software in a safe place. As you add new software and data files, continue to create backups on a regular basis. How completely you are ab le to recover your system depends on how recent your backup is. NOTE: A recovery fr om your most rece nt backup needs to be performe d if the compu ter has a virus attack or if any major system components fail. In order to correct comp uter issues, a recovery should first be attempted before a system restore is a ttempted. You can back up your information to a n optional external hard drive, a network drive, or discs. Back up your system at the following ti mes: â At regularly scheduled times TIP: Set reminders to back u p your information periodically. â Before the computer is repaired or restor ed â Before you add or modify hardware or software Guideline s: â Create system restore points using the Windows System Restore feature, and periodically copy them to an optical disc or an external hard d r ive. For more information on using system re store points, refer to Using Windows system re store points . â Store personal files in the Docume nts libr ary and back up this folder periodically. â Save customized settings in a w indow, toolbar, or menu bar by taking a screen shot of your settings. The screen shot can be a time-saver if you have to re-enter yo ur preferences. To create a sc reen shot: 1. Display the sc reen you want to save. 2. Copy the screen image: To copy only the ac tive wind ow, press alt fn prt sc . To copy the entire scre en, press fn prt sc . 3. Open a word-proce ssing document, and then selec t Edit > Paste . The screen im age is added to the doc ument. 4. Save and print the document. Backing up and rec overing your information 123
Using Windows Back up and Restore Guideline s: â Be sure that the computer is connected to AC power before you start the bac kup process. â Allow enough time to complete th e ba ckup process . Depending on fi le sizes, it may ta ke over an hour. To create a backup: 1. Select Start > Control Panel > System an d Security > Backup and Re store . 2. Follow the on-screen instructi ons to schedule and create a backup. NOTE: Windows includes the User Acco unt Control feature to improve the security of the comput er. You may be pro mpted for your pe rmission or passw ord for tasks such as in stalling software, running utilities, or changing Window s settings. Refer to Hel p and Support for more informatio n. Using Windows system restore points A system restore point allows you to save and name a snapshot of your hard drive at a specific point in time. You can then recover back to that point if you want to reverse subsequent changes. NOTE: Recovering to an earlier restore point does not affect data files s aved or e -mails crea ted since the last rest ore point. You also can create additional rest ore points to pro vide increased prot ection for your files and settings. When to create restore points â Before y ou add or mo dify softwa re or hardwa re â Periodically , whenever the computer is funct ioning optimally NOTE: If you revert to a restore point and then change your mind, you can reverse the restoration. 124 Chapter 7 Backup and recovery
Create a system restore point 1. Select Start > Control Panel > System and Security > System . 2. In the left pane, click System Protection . 3. Click the System Protection tab. 4. Follow the on-screen instructions. Restore to a previous date and time To revert to a restore point (creat ed at a previous date and time), when the computer was fu nctioning optimally, follow these steps: 1. Select Start > Control Panel > System and Security > System . 2. In the left pane, click System Protection . 3. Click the System Protection tab. 4. Click System Restore . 5. Follow the on-screen instructions. Backing up and rec overing your information 125
8 Power cord set requirements The wide-range input fe ature of the computer permit s it to operat e from any line volt age from 100 t o 120 volts AC, or from 220 to 240 volts AC The 3-conductor power cord set in cluded with the computer meets the requ irements for use in the country or region where the equipment is purchased. Power cord sets for use in other countries and regions must meet the requirements o f the country or region where the computer is use d. Requirements for all countries The following requireme nts are applic able to all countries and regions: â The length of the power co rd set must be at least 1.5 m (5 .0 ft) and no more than 2.0 m (6.5 ft). â All power cord se ts must be approv ed by an acc eptable accr edited agency r esponsi ble for evaluation in the country or region whe re the power cord set will be used. â The power cord sets must have a minimum curren t c apacity of 10 a mps and a nom inal voltage rating of 125 or 250 V AC, as required by the power system of each country or region. â The appliance coupler must meet the mechanic al configuration of an EN 60 320/IEC 32 0 Standard Sheet C13 connector for mating with th e appliance i nlet on the back of the computer. 126 Chapter 8 Power cord set requirements
Requirements for specific countries and regions Country/region Accredited agenc y Applicable note number Australia EANSW 1 Austria OVE 1 Belgium CEBC 1 Canada CSA 2 Denmark DEMKO 1 Finland FIMKO 1 France UTE 1 Germany VDE 1 Italy IMQ 1 Japan METI 3 The Netherlands KEMA 1 Norway NEMKO 1 The People's Republic of China COC 5 South Korea EK 4 Sweden SEMKO 1 Switzlerland SEV 1 Taiwan BSMI 4 The United Kingdom BSI 1 The United States UL 2 1. The flexible cord must be Type HO5VV-F, 3-conductor, 1.0-mm² conducto r size. Power cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the cert ification mark of the agency responsible for evaluation in the country or region where it will be used. 2. The flexible cord must be Type SPT-3 or equivalent, No . 18 AWG, 3-conductor. The wall plug mus t be a two-pole grounding type with a NEMA 5-15P (15 A, 125 V) or NEMA 6-15P (15 A, 250 V) configuration. 3. The appliance coupler, flexible co rd, and wall plug must bear a âTâ mark and registration number in accordance with the Japanese Dentori Law. The flexible cord must be Type VCT or VCTF, 3-conductor, 1.00-mm² conductor size. The wall p lug must be a two-pole grounding type with a Japanese In dustrial Standard C83 03 (7 A, 125 V) configuration. 4. The flexible cord must be Type RVV, 3-conductor, 0.75-mm² conductor size. P o wer cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the cert ification mark of the agency responsible for evaluation in the country or region where it will be used. 5. The flexible cord must be Type VCTF, 3-conductor, 0.75-mm² conducto r size. Powe r cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the cert ification mark of the agency responsible for evaluation in the country or region where it will be used. Requirements for specific countries and reg ions 127
9 Recycling Battery When a battery has reached the end of its useful life , do not dispose of th e battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulati ons in your area for computer battery dis posal. Display WARNING! The backlight contains mercury. Caut ion must be exercised when removing and handling the backlight to avoid damaging this component and ca using exposu re to the mercury. CAUTION: The procedures in this chap ter can resu lt in damage to display components. The only components intended for recyclin g purposes are the liquid crystal display (LCD) panel and the backlight. When you remove these co mponents, handle them carefully. NOTE: Materials Disposal. This HP product contains me rcury in the backlight in t he display assembly that might require special handling at end-of- life. Disposal of mercury ma y be regulated because of environmental considerations. For di sposal or recycling information, contact your local author ities, or see the Electronic Industries Alliance (EI A) Web site at http://www.eiai.org . This section provides di sassembly instructions fo r the display assembly. Th e display assembly must be disassembled t o gain access to the ba cklight (1) and the liquid crystal display (LC D) panel (2) . NOTE: The proced ures provided i n this chapter are general d isassembly instru ctions. Specific de tails, such as screw sizes, quantities, and locati ons, and component shapes an d sizes, can vary from one computer model to another. 128 Chapter 9 Recycling
Perform the following steps: 1. Remove all screw covers (1) and screws (2) that secure the display bezel to the display assembly. 2. Lift up and out on the le ft and right inside edges (1) and the top and bottom i nside edge s (2) of the display bezel unti l the bezel disengages from the dis play assembly. 3. Remove the display bezel (3) . Display 129
4. Disconnect all display panel cables (1) from the display inverter and remove the inverter 2 . 5. Remove all screws (1) that secure th e display panel assembly to the displ ay enclosure. 6. Remove the disp lay panel assem bly (2) from the display enclosu re. 7. Turn the display panel assembly upside down. 8. Remove all screws that secure the di splay panel frame to the display panel. 9. Use a sharp- edged tool to c ut the tape (1) that secures the si des of the display panel to the display panel frame . 130 Chapter 9 Recycling
10. Remove the display panel frame (2) from the display panel. 11. Remove the screws (1) that secure the backlight cover to the display panel. 12. Lift the top edge of the backlight cover (2) and swing it ou tward. 13. Remove the backli ght cover. 14. Turn the display p anel right-side up. 15. Remove the backlight cables (1) from the clip (2) in the display panel. 16. Turn the display panel upside d own. Display 131
17. Remove the backlight frame from the display panel. WARNING! The backlight contains mercury. Exercise caution when removing and handling the backlight to avoid damaging this componen t and c ausing expo su re to the mercury. 18. Remove the backlight fr om the backlight frame. 19. Disconnect the display cable (1) from the LCD panel. 20. Remove the screws (2) that secure the LCD panel to the display rear panel. 21. Release the LCD pane l (3) from the display rear panel. 132 Chapter 9 Recycling
22. Release the tape (4) that secures the LCD panel to the display rear panel. 23. Remove the LCD panel. 24. Recycle the LCD panel and backlight. Display 133
Index A AC adapter light 20 AC adapter, spare p art numbers 35, 37 Action keys 14 antenna locations 17 removal 109 spare part number 33, 41, 110 Antenna Kit, spare pa rt number 33, 41, 110 audio, product desc ription 7 audio-in jack 19 audio-out jack 19 B b key 14 base enclosure, spare part numbers 30, 41, 44 battery removal 52 spare part numbers 31, 37, 39, 52 battery bay 21 battery rele ase latch 2 1 Blu-ray Disc R/RW with SuperMulti DVD±R/RW Double-Layer Drive with LightScribe precautio ns 47 removal 53 spare part numbers 30, 31, 35, 42, 53 Blu-ray Dis c ROM with Sup erMulti DVD±R/RW Double-Layer Drive with LightScribe precautio ns 47 removal 53 spare part numbers 31, 35, 41, 53 Blu-ray ROM with LightScribe DV D ±R/RW Super Mult i Double- Layer Drive spare part numbers 45 Bluetooth module removal 80 spare part numbers 26, 37, 44, 80 Bluetooth module cable removal 81 spare part number 26, 42, 80 bottom components 21 button components 12 buttons optical drive eject 20 power 12 TouchPad 16 Web browser 13 C Cable Kit, spare p art number 26, 41 cables, service c onsiderations 46 caps lock light 15 chipset, product description 3 components bottom 21 buttons 12 display 17 front 18 keys 13 left-s ide 19 lights 15 right-side 20 TouchPad 16 computer feet, locations 52 computer major components 24 connectors, service considerations 46 D device specificati ons 116 Digital Media Slot 18 display assembly removal 103 spare part numbers 25, 41, 44, 103 subcomponents 33 display bezel removal 105 spare part numb er 33, 41, 105 Display Cable Kit, sp are part number 33, 41, 109 display components 17 display enclosure, spare part numbers 33, 41, 42 Display Hinge Kit, sp are part number 33, 41, 108 display lid switch board removal 76 spare part number 26, 42, 76 display panel product description 5 removal 106 spare part numbers 33, 42, 44, 107 display panel cable removal 108 spare part numb er 33, 41, 109 Display Rubber Kit, sp are part number 33, 41 Display Screw Kit, spare part number 33, 42 134 Index
display specific ations 117 drive light 20 drives, preventing damage 47 DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Multi Double-Layer Combo Drive with LightScribe spare part numbers 45 DVD±RW Double-Layer LightScribe SuperMulti Drive precautio ns 47 removal 53, 54 spare part numbers 31, 35, 41, 53, 54 E electrostatic discharge 47 equipment guidelines 50 esc key 13 Ethernet, product description 7 external media card s, product description 8 external monitor port 19 F fan/heat sink assembly removal 91 spare part numbers 29, 41, 42, 43, 91 feet, locations 52 fingerprint reader board removal 72 spare part number 26, 41, 72 fingerprint reader light 15 fingerprint reader, lo cation 13 fn key 13 front components 18 front speakers removal 84 spare part number 26, 40, 84 G graphics, pr oduct descri ption 4 grounding guidelines 47 guidelines equipment 50 grounding 47 packagin g 49 transpo rting 49 workstation 49 H hard drive precaution s 47 product description 6 removal 56 spare part numbers 30, 34, 37, 38, 39, 42 , 56 specifications 118 hard drive bay 21 Hard Drive Hardware Kit, spare part number 30, 34, 42, 56 HDMI port 19 headphone ja ck 19 hinge removal 108 spare part numb er 33, 41, 108 J jacks audio-in 19 audio-ou t 19 headphone 19 microphone 19 network 19 RJ-45 19 K key components 13 keyboard product description 9 removal 65 spare part numbers 25, 40, 41, 65 keys Action 14 b1 4 esc 13 fn 13 num lk 14 numeric keypad 14 Windows applications 14 Windows logo 13 L left-side components 19 light components 15 lights AC adapter 20 caps lock 15 drive 20 fingerprint reader 15 mute 15 optical drive 20 power 15, 20 TouchPad off 15, 16 TouchPad on 15, 16 webcam 17 wireless 15 M mass storage device precaution s 47 removal 53 spare part numbers 30, 34, 53 memory module product description 5 removal 61 spare part numbers 31, 38, 41, 61 microphone locations 17 product description 7 microphone jack 19 model name 1 monitor port 19 mute light 15 N network jack 19 num lk key 14 numeric keypad 14 O operating system, product description 10 optical drive location 20 precaution s 47 product description 6 removal 53 spare part numbers 30, 34, 41, 42, 45, 53 optical drive bay space sav er, spare part number 31, 35 optical drive bezel, illus trated 35 optical driv e bracke t illustrated 35 removal 55 Index 135
optical drive cable illustrated 35 removal 99 optical drive eject but ton 20 Optical Drive Hardware Kit, spare part number 31, 35, 42, 54 optical drive light 20 P packaging gu idelines 49 plastic parts, se rvice considerations 46 Plastics Kit, spare par t number 42 pointing device, product description 9 ports external monitor 19 HDMI 19 monitor port 19 product desc ription 9 SuperSpeed USB 19 USB 19, 20 power button 12 power button board removal 74 spare part number 26, 41, 74 power connector 20 power connector ca ble, removal 86 power cord requirements for all countries 126 requirements fo r specific countries and regions 127 set requirem ents 126 spare part numbers 35, 36, 37 power light 15, 20 power requirements, product description 9 processor product desc ription 1 removal 95 spare part numbers 28, 38, 39, 43, 95 product description audio 7 chipset 3 display panel 5 Ethernet 7 external media cards 8 graphics 4 hard drives 6 keyboard 9 memory module 5 microphone 7 operating system 10 optical drive 6 pointing devi ce 9 ports 9 power require ments 9 processors 1 product nam e 1 security 9 serviceability 10 video 7 wireless 7 product name 1 R rear speakers removal 100 spare part numb er 30, 42, 100 recycling battery 128 display 128 remote control, spare part number 36 removal/replacement preliminarie s 46 procedures 51 right-side components 20 RJ-45 jack 19 RTC battery removal 60 spare part number 31, 41, 60 S Screw Kit, spare p art number 36, 40 SD Card read er board removal 78 spare part number 26, 41, 78 security cable slot 20 security, product description 9 service considerati ons cables 46 connectors 46 plastic parts 46 service cover removal 54 spare part number 32 service tag 23, 51 serviceability, prod uct description 10 Setup Utility (BIOS) 111 solid-state drive precaution s 47 spare part numb er 30, 34, 41, 56 speakers locations 18 removal 84, 100 spare part numbers 26, 30, 40, 42, 84, 100 specifications device 116 display 117 hard drive 118 subwoofer location 21 removal 102 spare part numb er 30, 39, 102 SuperSpeed USB port 19 system board removal 87 spare part numbers 26, 39, 42, 43, 44, 45 , 87 System Diagnostics 111 T Thermal Material Kit, sp are part numbers 28, 41, 42, 43, 44, 88 tools required 46 top cover removal 68 spare part numbers 26, 39, 42, 68 TouchPad button 16 TouchPad co mponents 16 TouchPad icon 16 TouchPad off light 15, 16 TouchPad on light 15, 16 TouchPad zone 16 transporting guidelines 49 136 Index
U USB board removal 82 spare part number 26, 42 USB DVB-T dipole antenna, spare part number 36, 37 USB DVB-T TV tuner, spare p art number 36, 37 USB port 19, 20 V vents 19, 21 video, product description 7 W Web browser button 13 webcam 17 webcam light 17 webcam/microphone module removal 107 spare part number 33, 39, 108 Windows appl ications ke y 14 Windows logo key 13 wireless antenna locations 17 removal 109 spare part number 33, 41, 110 wireless light 15 wireless, pr oduct descri ption 7 WLAN module removal 62 spare part numbers 31, 37, 38, 41, 44, 62 workstation guidelines 49 X x spare part number 45 Index 137
© Copyright 2011 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. AMD, the AMD Arrow log o, Athlon, Phenom, Sempron, Turion, and combinations thereof, are trademarks of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by Hewlett-Packard Company under license. Intel, Celeron, Core, and Pentium are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. Microsoft and Windows are U.S. registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. SD Logo is a trademark of its proprietor. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. Second Edition: May 2011 First Edition: January 2011 Document Part Number: 635468-003
Safety warning notice WARNING! To reduce the possibilit y of heat-rela ted in juries or of overheating the device, do not place the device directly on your lap or obstruct t he device air vents. Use the device only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow anot her hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or ru gs or clothing, to bloc k airflo w. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to c ontact the skin or a soft surface, such as pillo ws or rugs or clothing, dur ing operat ion. The device and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessible surface temperatur e limits define d by the International Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment (I EC 60950). iii
iv Safety warning notice
Table of contents 1 Product description ............. ............... .............. ............. ............. ................ .............. ...... ... 1 2 External component identification ...................... ............ ........... ............. ........... ............ .. 11 Top ......... .......... .......... ........ .......... ........... .......... .......... .......... ........ .......... .......... ....... ........... 12 Buttons .......... .......... ............ ............ ........... .......... ............ ............ .......... ............ .... 12 Keys ............ ............. ........... ............ ............. ............. ........... ............. ............. ....... 13 Lights ........... .......... ........ ........... .......... ........... ........ .......... ........... .......... .......... ....... 15 TouchPad ............... .............. .............. ............ ............. .............. .............. .............. . 16 Display ........... ............ ......... ............. ............ ............ .......... ............. ............ ............ ... ....... ... 17 Front ............. ............... ........... ............... .............. .............. ............ ............. .............. ............ 18 Left side ...... .......... ........... ........... .......... ......... .......... ........... .......... .......... ......... .......... ........ ... 19 Right side ........... ........... ........ ........... ........... .......... ......... ........... .......... ........... ........... .. ...... .... 20 Bottom ............. .............. ........... ............. .............. ............ ........... .............. .............. .... .......... 21 3 Illustrated parts catalog ................... ................... ..................... ................... .................... 22 Service tag ............ ........... ......... ........... ........... ........... ........... ........ ........... ........... ......... ......... 23 Computer major components ......... ............... ............ ............. ............... ............... ............... ..... 2 4 Display assembly subcomponents ....... ............. ........... ............. ............. ............. ............ ........... 33 Mass stora ge devi ces .... .......... ......... ........ .......... ......... ........ ......... ......... ........ ......... .......... ... ... 34 Miscellaneous parts ........ ........... .......... ........... ........... .......... ........... ........... .......... ........... ... ..... 35 Sequential part number listing .............. ............. ............. ............. ............ ............. ............. ..... .. 36 4 Rem oval an d replaceme nt proc edures .............. ........... .............. .............. .............. ......... 4 6 Prelimi nary repl acement req uirements . .......... ........ .......... ......... .......... ......... .......... ......... .......... . 46 Tools required ....... .............. ........... .............. .............. ............. ............. .............. ..... 46 Service considerat ions ...... .......... ........ ......... .......... ......... .......... ........ .......... ........ ..... 46 Plastic parts ... ............ .......... ............ ............. ............ ............ .......... ......... 46 Cables a nd conn ectors .......... ............ ........... ................ ............ ........... ..... 46 Drive handling ....... ............. .......... ............. ............. .............. ............. ...... 47 Grounding guidelines ....... ............ ........... ............ ........... ............ ........... ............ ...... 47 Electrostatic discharge damage ............ ........... ............ ............. ............ ...... 47 v
Packaging a nd transpo rting guidel ines ........................................ 49 Component re placemen t procedur es ........................................................ ................................ 51 Service tag ........ ....... .......... ........ ........... ........ .......... ........ ......... .......... ........ ........ .... 51 Computer feet ... .......... .......... .......... ........... .......... .......... ........... ........ .......... .......... .. 52 Battery . ........ .......... ......... .......... ....... ......... .......... ......... ........ .......... ......... .......... ..... 52 Optical dr ive ..... .............. .......... ........... .............. ............ .......... .............. ........... ..... 53 Hard drive ................. .................... ..................... ................. ................. ................. 56 RTC battery . .............. ............ ................. ............. .............. ............... .............. ........ 60 Memory module ......... ........... .......... ............ ........... ............ ............ ............ ........... .. 61 WLAN module .......... .............. .............. ........... .............. ............. .............. ............. . 62 Keyboard ........ ......... ........... ........... ........... ........... ......... ........... ........... ........... ........ 65 Top cover .......... ............ ........... ............ ............ ........... .......... ........... ............ .......... 68 Fingerprint reader board ..... ..... ........... .......... ........... ............ ........... ............ ......... .... 72 Power button board ........ ........... ............ ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... 74 Display lid switch bo ard ................................... ........................................ ............... 76 SD Card reader board ...... ............. ........... .............. ............. ............ .............. .......... 78 Blueto oth module .......... ............................. ....................... ............................ .......... 80 USB bo ard ......... ............ ............ .......... ........... ............... ........... ........... ............ ...... 82 Front speake rs ................ .................. ................ .............. .................. ................ ...... 84 Power c onnector cabl e ............................ ............................ ............................... ..... 86 System board ..... .................. ............... ..................... ................. ............... .............. 87 Fan/heat sink assemb ly .................... ................. ................. ...................... ............... 91 Proce ssor .......... ............ .................. ............. .............. .................. ............. ............. 95 Optical dr ive cab le ................ ............................ ...................... ..................... .......... 99 Rear sp eakers .. ........ ........ ........ ........... ........ ........ .......... ......... ........ ........ .......... ..... 100 Subwoo fer .............. ........................ .................. ........................ ................... ........ 102 Display assembly ....... .................. ................ .............. .................... .............. ......... 103 5 Setup Utility (BIO S) and System Diagn ostics .................................................................. 111 Using Se tup Util ity ........ ........ .......... ........ ........ .......... ......... ........ ........ ........... ........ ........ ... ..... 111 Startin g Setup Utili ty ......... ................ ............ ................. ............ ................ ............ 111 Changin g the language o f Setup Utili ty ........... ........... ........... ......... .......... ........... ..... 111 Navigati ng and selecting i n Setup U tility ...... ......... ............ ........... ............ .......... ...... 112 Displaying system i nformatio n .................... ...................................................... ....... 112 Restoring facto ry settings in Setup Ut i lity ................................................................... 113 Exitin g Setup Utility ........................... ......................................... ........................... 113 Updating the BIOS ..... ............... .......... ............ ............... ........... ........... ............... .. 113 Determining the BI OS version ...................... ............................................ 114 Downloadi ng a BIOS u pdate .......... .......... ........... ............ .......... ............ .. 114 Using System Diagnostics .......... ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... .......... ........... ........... ..... 115 vi
6 Specifi cations ............ ................. ........... ............ ............... ............. ............ ............... .. .. 116 Device specific ations .. ........... .......... .............. ......... ........... ............. ........... ............ .......... .. ... 116 17.3- inch display s pecifi cations .... .......... ........... ......... ............. ......... ............ .......... ........... .... 117 Hard drive sp ecifica tions ...... ......................... ................... ........................ ..................... ...... . 118 7 Backup and recovery ............... ........................... ................... ........................ ............... 119 Restore .. ................ ............ ........... ............ ................ ........... ............ ................ ........... ........ 119 Creating restore media ......... ............. ........ ............. ......... .......... ............. .......... ........ ........... . 120 Performing a syste m restore .. .......... .......... .......... .... ................ .......... .......... ........ .......... ......... 121 Restoring u sing the dedi cated recov ery partition (select mod els only) ........................... 121 Restoring using the re store me dia .... ........... ......... ........... ........... .......... ............ ........ 122 Changing the computer boot or der ...... .............. .............. ............. .............. ........... .. 122 Backing up an d recove ring your info rmation ............ ................................... ........................ .... 123 Using Windo ws Backup and Res tore ......... ................. ................... ................. ......... 124 Using Windo ws system restor e points ............... ................. ................... ............. ...... 124 When to cre ate restore points ...... ............. ........... .............. .......... ............ 124 Create a system restore point .... ............ ............. ............ ............ ............ .. 125 Restore to a previous date a nd time .......... .......... .......... ......... ............ ....... 125 8 Power cord set requ irements .............. .......... ........ ........... .......... ............ ........ .......... ..... 126 Require ments for al l countrie s ............. .................. ................... ............... ...................... ......... 126 Requirem ents for sp ecific cou ntries and re gions ............... ................................................... ..... 127 9 Recycling ............. ............ ............... .............. .............. ............ .............. ............... ..... .... 128 Battery ........ .......... ........... ........... ......... ............ ........... ........... ......... ............ ........... .... ......... 128 Display .... ........ ......... ........... ........ ........... ......... ........ ........... ......... ........ .......... ......... .... ...... .. 128 Index ................... ............... ................... ................. ................. ................ .................. . ..... 134 vii
viii
1 Product description Category Description Computer models equipped with an AMD processor Comput er models equipped with an Intel processor Produc t Name HP Pavilion dv7 Notebook PC ââ Proces sors AMD A8-3530MX 2.60-GHz processor, (1.90- GHz FSB, 4.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 45 W) â AMD A8-3510MX 2.50-GHz processor (1.80- GHz FSB, 4.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 45 W) â AMD A8-3500M 2.40-GHz processor (1.50-GHz FSB, 4.0- MB L2 cache, quad core, 35 W) â AMD A6-3410MX 2.30-GHz processor (1.60-GHz FSB, 2.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 45 W) â AMD A6-3400M 2.30-GHz processor (1.40-GHz FSB, 4.0- MB L2 cache, quad core, 35 W) â AMD A4-3310MX 2.50-GHz processor (2.10-GHz FSB, 2.0-MB L2 cache, dual core, 45 W) â AMD A4-3300M 2.50-GHz processor (1.90-GHz FSB, 2.0- MB L2 cache, dual core, 35 W) â AMD E2 -3000M 2. 40-GHz pro cessor (1 .80-GHz FSB, 4. 0- MB L2 cache, quad core, 35 W) â AMD Athlon II N370 2.50-GHz processor (1.0-M B L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.2-GT/ second, dual core, 35 W) â AMD Athlon II P340 2.20-GHz processor (1.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.2-GT/ second, dual core, 25 W) â AMD Athlon II P360 2.30-GHz processor (2.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 25 W) â AMD Phenom II N850 2.20-GHz processor (1.5-MB L2 cache, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, triple core, 35 W) â 1
Category Des cription Compute r models equipped with an AMD processor Comput er models equipped with an Intel processor AMD Phenom II P960 1.80-GHz processor (2.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, quad core, 25 W) â AMD Phenom II P860 2.00-GHz processor (1.5-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, triple core, 25 W) â AMD Phenom II P650 2.60-GHz processor (2.0-MB L2 cache, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 25 W) â AMD Phenom II N660 3.00-GHz processor (2.0-MB L2 cache, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/second, dual core, 35 W) â AMD Phenom II N870 2.30-GHz processor (1.5-MB L2 cache, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, triple core, 35 W) â AMD Phenom II N970 2.20-GHz processor (2.0-MB L2 cache, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, quad core, 35 W) â AMD Turion II N570 2.70-GHz processor (2.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 35 W) â AMD Turion II N560 2.50-GHz processor (2.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 35 W) â Intel Quad Core i7-2820QM 2.30-GHz (turbo up to 3.10- GHz) processor (1600-MHz FSB, 8-M B L3 cache, 45 W) â Intel Quad Core i7-2720QM 2.20-GHz (turbo up to 3.00- GHz) processor (1600-MHz FSB, 6-M B L3 cache, 45 W) â Intel Quad Core i7-2630QM 2.00-GHz (turbo up to 2.90- GHz) processor (1600-MHz FSB, 6-M B L3 cache, 45 W) â Intel Dual Core i7-2620M 2.70-GHz (t urbo up to 3.40- GHz) processor (1333-MHz FSB, 4-M B L3 cache, 35 W) â Intel Dual Core i5-2540M 2.60-GHz (t urbo up to 3.30- GHz) processor (1333-MHz FSB, 3-M B L3 cache, 35 W) â Intel Dual Core i5-2520M 2.50-GHz (t urbo up to 3.20- GHz) processor (1333-MHz FSB, 3-M B L3 cache, 35 W) â Intel Dual Core i5-2430M 2.40-GHz (SC turbo up to 3.00- GHz) processor (3.0-MB L3 cache, 35 W) â Intel Dual Core i5-2410M 2.30-GHz (t urbo up to 2.90- GHz) processor (3-MB L3 cach e, 35 W) â 2 Chapter 1 Product descripti on
Category Description Computer models equipped with an AMD processor Comput er models equipped with an Intel processor Intel Dual Core i3-2350M 2.30-GHz processor (3.0-MB L3 cache, 35 W) â Intel Dual Core i3-2330M 2.20-GHz processor (3.0-MB L3 cache, 35 W) â Intel Dual Core i3-2310M 2.10-GHz processor (3-MB L3 cache, 35 W) â Intel Pentium B950 TJ85 2.10-GHz processor (2.0-MB L3 cache, dual core, 35 W) â Intel Pentium B940 TJ85 2.00-GHz processor (2.0-MB L3 cache, dual core, 35 W) â Chipset ATI RS880M - AMD M880G with ATI Mobility Radeon HD 4250 Northbridge: AMD RS880MD Southbridge: AMD SB820M â Intel® HM65 Express chipset â 3
Category Des cription Compute r models equipped with an AMD processor Comput er models equipped with an Intel processor Graphics Internal graphics: â AMD Radeon⢠HD 6620G graphics on comp uter models equipped with an AMD A8 processor â AMD Radeon HD 6520G graphics on com puter models equipped with an AMD A6 processor â AMD Radeon HD 6480G graphics on com puter models equipped with an AMD A4 processor â ATI Mobility Radeon HD 4250 graphics with 128-MB sideport memory (64-MBÃ16 DDR3 800 @ 900 MHz) supporting DX10.1 on computer models equipped with an AMD Athlon, Phenom, and Turion processor Switchable discrete gr aphics: â AMD RadeonT HD 6755G2 graphics on computer models equipped with an AMD A8 or A6 processor; supports bus alive/chip off (BACO), dual graphics, HD decode, DX11, and HDMI â AMD RadeonT HD 6645G2 graphics on computer models equipped with an AMD A8 processor; supports BACO, dual graphics, HD decode, DX11, and HDMI â AMD RadeonT HD 6545G2 graphics on computer models equipped with an AMD A6 processor; supports BACO, dual graphics, HD decode, DX11, and HDMI â AMD RadeonT HD 6515G2 graphics on computer models equipped with an AMD A4 processor; supports BACO, dual graphics, HD decode, DX11, and HDMI â AMD Pro (AMD Radeon HD 6650M) with 1024-MB of discrete video memory (64-MBÃ16 DDR3 800 @ 900 MHz à 8 PCs); 128-bit M2 package muxless switchable â ATi XT with 512-MB of discrete video memory (64- MBÃ16 DDR3 800 @ 900 MHz à 4 PCs ); 64-bit M2 package muxless switchable â 4 Chapter 1 Product descripti on
Category Description Computer models equipped with an AMD processor Comput er models equipped with an Intel processor Internal graphics: â Intel HD Graphics 3000 â Intel HD Graphics Switchable discrete gr aphics: â ATI XT Radeon HD 6770M M2 package with 2048- MB of discrete video memory (64-MB Ã 32 GDDR 5 Ã 8 PCs, 5 Gbps); muxless, support for BACO â ATI XT Radeon HD 6770M M2 package with 1024- MB of discrete video memory (32-MB Ã 32 GDDR 5 Ã 8 PCs, 5 Gbps); muxless, support for BACO â ATI XT Radeon HD 6490M M2 package with 1024- MB of discrete video memory (64-MB Ã 32 GDDR 5 Ã 4 PCs, 5Gbps); muxless, support for BACO â Support HD decode, DX11, and HDMI â Panel 17.3-in, WVA AntiGlare (1920Ã108 0), full high-definition (FHD), light-emitting diode (LED ) display; typical brightness: 300 nits 17.3-in, SVA BrightView (1600Ã900), hig h-definition (HD ), LED, display; typical brightness: 200 nits All display assemblies incl ude 2 wireless local area network (WLAN) antenna cables Supports 16:9 ultra wide aspect ratio Supports low-voltage differential signalling (LVDS) Lighted logo on top bezel ââ Memory 2 customer-accessible/upgradable memory module slots ââ Supports dual-channel memory ââ Supports up to 8192 GB of system RAM ââ DDR3/1333-MHz ââ Supports the following configurations: â 8192-MB total sys tem memory (4096Ã2) â 6144-MB total sys tem memory (4096Ã1 2048Ã1) â 4096-MB total sys tem memory (4096Ã1 or 2048Ã2) â 3072-MB total sys tem memory (2048Ã1 1024Ã1) â 2048-MB total sys tem memory (2048Ã1 or 1024Ã2) â 5
Category Des cription Compute r models equipped with an AMD processor Comput er models equipped with an Intel processor Supports the following configurations: â 16384-MB total system memory (8192Ã2) â 12288-MB total system memory (8192Ã1 4096à 1) â 8192-MB total sys tem memory (8192Ã1 or 4096Ã2) â 6144-MB total sys tem memory (4096Ã1 2048Ã1) â 4096-MB total sys tem memory (4096Ã1 or 2048Ã2) â 3072-MB total sys tem memory (2048Ã1 1024Ã1) â 2048-MB total sys tem memory (2048Ã1 or 1024Ã2) â Hard d rive s Supports 6.35-cm (2.5-in) hard drives in 12.7-mm (.50- in), 9.5-mm (.37-in), and 7.0-mm (.28-in) thicknesses ââ Customer-accessible ââ Accelerometer hard drive protection support ââ Supports up to 2 hard drives ââ Supports 160-GB solid-state drive (solid-state drive) â Serial ATA ââ Supports 500 GB, 7200 rpm, 9 .5 mm hard drive 160 GB solid-state drive combination â Supports the following double hard drive configurations: â 2 TB (1 TB, 5400 rpm, 12.7 mm à 2) â 1500 GB (750 GB, 7200 rpm , 9.5 mm à 2) â 1500 GB (750 GB, 5400 rpm , 9.5 mm à 2) Supports the following double hard drive configurations: â 1 TB, 5400 rpm, 12.7 mm â 750 GB, 7200 and 5400 rpm, 9.5 mm â 640 GB, 7200 and 5400 rpm, 9.5 mm â 500 GB, 7200 and 5400 rpm, 9.5 mm â 320 GB, 7200 and 5400 rpm, 9.5 and 7.0 mm â 250 GB, 7200 rpm, 9.5 and 7.0 mm ââ Optical drive Fixed ââ Serial ATA ââ 6 Chapter 1 Product descripti on
Category Description Computer models equipped with an AMD processor Comput er models equipped with an Intel processor 12.7-mm tray load ââ Supports Blu-ray Disc ROM with SuperMulti DVD±R/RW Double-Layer Drive with LightScribe â Supports Blu-ray Disc R/RW with SuperMulti DVD±R/RW Double-Layer Drive with LightScribe ââ Supports DVD±RW Double-Layer LightScribe SuperMulti Drive ââ Supports zero-power optical drive (computer models equipped with AMD Athlon, Phenom, and Turion processors) ââ Audio an d video Dual array digital microphones with appropriate beam- forming, echo-cancellation, noise-suppression software ââ HD audio ââ Quad speakers ââ HP Beats audio ââ HP triple bass reflex subwoofer ââ HP TrueVision low-light HD VGA webcam (f ixed, no tilt with activity LED, 1280Ã800 by 30 frames per second ââ Ethernet Integrated 10/100/1000 network interface card (NIC) ââ Wireless Integrated wireless local area network (WLAN) options by way of wireless module ââ Two WLAN antennas buil t into display assembly ââ 7
Category Des cription Compute r models equipped with an AMD processor Comput er models equipped with an Intel processor Support for the following WLAN formats: â Atheros 9485GN 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and 3012 Bluetooth 4.0 Combo Adapter â Atheros AR9285 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi Adapter â Broadcom 4313 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi Adapt er â Broadcom 4313 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and 2070 Bluetooth 2.1 EDR Combo adapter (BT3.0HS ready) â Broadcom 4313GN 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and 20702 Bluetooth 4.0 Combo Adapter â Ralink RT3090BC4 802.11 b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and Bluetooth 2.1 EDR Combo adapter (BT3.0HS ready) â Ralink 5390GN 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi Adapter â Realtek RTL8188CE 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and Bluetooth 4.0LE Combo Adapter ââ Support for the following WLAN formats: â Atheros AR9002WB-1NGB 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and Bluetooth 2.1EDR Combo Adapter (BT3.0 HS ready) â Realtek 8188BC8 802.11a/b/g/n 2Ã2 WiFi and Bluetooth 3.0 HS Combo Adapter â Realtek 8188GN 802.11 b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi Adapter â Support for the following WLAN formats: â Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6 230 â Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1000 802.11b/g/n 1Ã2 WLAN module â Intel Centrino Wireless-N WiMAX 6150 â External me dia card Digital Media Slot supports the following digital card formats: â MultiMediaCard â Secure Digital (SD) Memo ry Card â Secure Digital High Capacity Memory card â Secure Digital Extended Capacity Memory Card ââ HP Multi-Format digital Media Reader support SD/SDHC/ SDXC with UHS104 support, MMC push-push insertion and removal ââ 8 Chapter 1 Product descripti on
Category Description Computer models equipped with an AMD processor Comput er models equipped with an Intel processor Ports â 3-pin AC power â Audio-in (mono microphone) â Audio-out (stereo headphone) â HDMI version 1.4 supporting up to 1080p, 1920Ã1200 @ 60Hz and 1920Ã1200 @ 60H z in DVI mode â RJ-45 (Ethernet, includes link and activity lights) â USB 2.0 (3 ports) â VGA (Dsub 15 pin) supporting 2048Ã15 36 external resolution @ 85 and 75 Hz, 1920Ã1200 external resolution @ 60Hz, hot plug and unplug and auto- detection for correct output to wide-aspect vs. standard aspect video ââ Keyboard/ pointing devices Full-size, Dura-coat, island-style keyboard with full numeric keypad ââ TouchPad with multi-touch gestures, 2-finger scrolling, and pinch-zoom enabled ââ Taps enabled by default ââ Power requirements 90W slim travel AC adapter with localized cable plug support (3-wire plug with gr ound pin, supports 3-pin DC connector) 65W slim travel AC adapter with localized cable plug support (3-wire plug with gr ound pin, supports 3-pin DC connector) ââ 120W slim travel AC adapter with localized cable plug support (3-wire plug with gr ound pin, supports 3-pin DC connector) â Support for the following batteries: â 9-cell, 3.00-Ah (100-Wh) Li-ion battery â 6-cell, 2.80-Ah (62-Wh) Li-ion battery â 6-cell, 2.55-Ah (55-Wh) Li-ion battery Supports fast charge ââ Security Security cable slot Fingerprint reader with Digital Persona software support ââ Supports Intel AT-p Ready â 9
Category Des cription Compute r models equipped with an AMD processor Comput er models equipped with an Intel processor Operating system Preinstalled: â Windows 7 Home Basic â Windows 7 Home Premium â Windows 7 Professional â RedFlag â FreeDOS ââ Serviceabi lity End-user replaceable parts: â AC adapter â Battery â Hard drives (2) â Memory modules (2) â Optical drive â WLAN module ââ 10 Chapter 1 Produc t descripti on
2 External component identification 11
Top Buttons Item Component Description (1) Power button â When the computer is off, press the button to turn on the computer. â When the computer is on, press the button briefly to initiate Sleep. â When the computer is in the Sleep state, press the button briefly to exit Sleep. â When the computer is in Hibernation, press the button briefly to exit Hibernation. If the computer has stopped responding and Windows shutdown procedures are ineffe ctive, press and hold the power button for at least 5 seconds to turn off the computer. To learn more about your power settings, select Start > Control Panel > System a nd Sec urity > Power Options , or refer to the HP Notebook Reference Guide . 12 Chapter 2 Ext ernal component identif ication
Item Component Description (2) Web browser Opens a Web browser. NOTE: Until you set up your Internet or network services, this button opens the Internet Connection Wizard. (3) Fingerprint reader (selec t models only) Allows a fingerprin t logon to Windows instead of a password logon. Keys Item Component Description (1) esc key Display s syste m inform atio n when pressed in combination with the fn key. (2) fn key Executes frequently used sy stem functions when pressed in combination with the b key, the esc key, or the num lk key. (3) Windows logo key Displays the Windows Start menu. Top 13
Item Component Description (4) b key Increases or decreases the Beats Audio bass settings. Beats Audio is an enhanced au dio profile that provides a deep, controlled bass while maintaining a clear sound. Beats Audio is enabled by default. You can also view and control the bass settings through the Windows operating system. To view and control the bass properties: â Select Start > Program s > Beats A udio Control Panel > List ening Experience . â or â â Select Start > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Beats Audio Control Panel > Listening Expe rience . (5) Windows applications key Displays a shortc ut menu for items beneath the pointer. (6) Integrated numeric keypad When the keyp ad has been enabled, the keys can be used like an external numeric keypad. (7) num lk key Enables/disables the integrated numeric keypad when pressed in combination with the fn key. (8) Action keys Execute frequently used system func tions. 14 Chapter 2 Ext ernal component identif ication
Lights Item Component Description (1) Caps lock light â White: Caps lock is on. â Off: Caps lock is off. (2) Power ligh t â White: The computer is on. â Blinking white: The com puter is in the Sleep state. â Off: The computer is off or in Hibernation. (3) Mute light â White: Computer sound is on. â Amber: Computer sound is off. (4) Wireless light â White: An integrated wireless device, such as a wireless local area network (WLAN) device and/or a Bluetooth device, is on. â Amber: All wireless devices are off. (5) TouchPad on light â On: The TouchPad is on. â Off: The TouchPad is off. (6) TouchPad off light â Off: The TouchPad is on. â On: The TouchPad is off. (7) Fingerprint reader light (select models only) â White: The fingerprint was read. â Amber: The fingerprint was not read. Top 15
TouchPad Item Component Description (1) TouchPad off light â Off: The TouchPad is on. â On: The TouchPad is off. (2) TouchPad icon Turns the TouchPad on and off. Quickly double-tap the TouchPad icon to turn the TouchPad on and off. (3) TouchPad zone Moves the pointer an d selects or activates items on the screen. (4) Left TouchPad button Functions like th e left button on an external mouse. (5) TouchPad on light â On: The TouchPad is on. â Off: The TouchPad is off. (6) Right TouchPad button Functions like th e right button on an external mouse. 16 Chapter 2 Ext ernal component identif ication
Display Item Component Description (1) WLAN antennas (2)* Send and receive wireless signals to com municate with wireless local area networks (WLAN). (2) Internal microphones (2) Record sound. (3) Webcam light On: The webcam is in use. (4) Webcam Records video and captures still photographs. To use the webcam, select Start > All Programs > CyberLink YouCam > CyberLink YouCam . *The antennas are not visible from the ou tside of the computer. For optimal transm is sion, keep the areas immediately around the antennas free from obstructions. To see wireless reg ulatory notices, refer to the section of the Reg ulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices that applies to your country or region. Th ese notices are located in Help and Support. Display 17
Front Item Component Description (1) Speakers (2) Produce sound. (2) Digital Media Slot Supports the fo llowing digital card formats: â MultiMediaCard â Secure Digital (SD) Card 18 Chapter 2 Ext ernal component identif ication
Left side Item Component Description (1) Vent Enables airflow to c ool internal components. NOTE: The computer fan starts up automatically to cool internal components and preven t overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off during routine operation. (2) External monitor port Connects an external VGA monitor or projector. (3) HDMI port Connects an optional video or audio device, such as a high-definition television, or any compatible digital or audio component. (4) RJ-45 (network) jack Conn ects a network cable. (5) SuperSpeed USB ports (2) Connect op tiona l USB 3.0 devices and provide enhanced USB power performance (on ly on computer models equipped with an AMD A8, A6, A 4, or E2 processor). NOTE: The SuperSpeed USB ports are also compatible with USB 1.0 and 2.0 devices. (6) Audio-in (microphone) jack Connects an optional computer headset microphone, stereo array microphone, or monaural microphone. (7) Audio-out (headphone) jacks (2) Produce sound when connected to optional powered stereo speakers, headphones, ear buds, a headset, or television audio. WARNING! To reduce the risk o f personal injury, adjust the volume before putting on headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, refer to the Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices. NOTE: When a device is connected to a jack, the computer speakers are disabled. Left side 19
Right side Item Component Description (1) Power ligh t â White: The computer is on. â Blinking white: The com puter is in the Sleep state. â Off: The computer is o ff or in Hibernation. (2) Drive light â Blinking white: The hard drive is being accessed. â Amber: HP ProtectSmart Hard Drive Protection has temporarily parked the hard drive. NOTE: For information on HP ProtectSmart Hard Drive Protection, refer to the HP Note book Reference Guide . (3) USB ports (2) Connect optional USB devices. (4) Optical drive Reads and writes to an optical disc. (5) Optical drive light â White: The optical drive is being accessed. â Amber: The optical drive is off. (6) Optical drive eject button Eject s the optical disc. (7) AC adapter light â White: The computer is connected to ex ternal power and the battery is fully charged. â Amber: The battery is charging. â Off: The computer is not c onnected to external power. (8) Power connector Connects an AC adapter. (9) Security cable slot Attaches an optio nal security cable to the computer. NOTE: The security cable is designed to act as a deterrent, but it may not prev ent the computer from being mishandled or stolen. 20 Chapter 2 Ext ernal component identif ication
Bottom Item Component Description (1) Integrated subwoofer Provides superior bass sound. (2) Vents (7) Enable airflow to cool internal components. NOTE: The computer fan starts up automatically to cool internal components and preven t overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off during routine operation. (3) Battery bay Holds the battery. (4) Battery release latch Releases the batte ry from the battery bay, and releases the hard drive/memory module compartment cover. (5) Hard drive bay Holds the hard driv e and wireless LAN (WLAN) device, and contains the memory module slots. CAUTION: To prevent an unresponsive system, replace the wireless module only with a wireless module authorized for use in the comp uter by the governmental agency that regulates wireless devices in your country or region. If you replace the module and then receive a warning message, remove the module to restore computer functionality, and then contact technical support through Help and Support. Bottom 21
3 Illustrated parts catalog 22 Chapter 3 Illustra ted parts ca talog
Service tag When ordering pa rts or reques ti ng information, p rovide the computer serial number and model description provided on the service tag. (When or dering parts or requesti ng information, pro vide the computer serial nu mber and model descri ption provided on the service tag.) Item Description Function (1) Product name: This is the product name affixed to the front of the computer. (2) Serial number (s/n): This is an alphan umeric identifier that is unique to each product. (3) Part number/Product number (p/n): This numb er provides specific information about the product's hardware components. The part number helps a service technician to determine what components and parts are needed. (4) Warranty period: This number describes the duration of the warranty period for the computer. (5) Model description: This is the alphan umeric identifier needed to locate documents, drivers, and support for the computer. Service tag 23
Computer major components 24 Chapter 3 Illustra ted parts ca talog
Item Component Spare part number (1) Display assembly: 17.3-in, AntiGlare, full high-definition (FHD ), ligh t-emitting diode (LED) display assembly in aluminum finish (includes webcam, two microphones, an d wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 656295-001 17.3-in, AntiGlare, FHD, LED display assembly in steel gray finish (includes webcam, two microphones, and wireless ante nna transceivers and cables) 656296-001 17.3-in, BrightView, hig h definition (HD ), LED, low-volt age differential signaling (LVDS) display assembly in steel gray finish (i ncludes webcam, two micropho nes, and wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 654442-001 17.3-in, BrightView, HD , LED, LVDS display assem bly in regular finish (includes webcam, two microphones, and wireless antenna transcei vers and cables) 639397-001 NOTE: For more display assembly spare part information, see Display assembly subcomponents on page 33 . (2) Keyboar d (includes keyboard cable): For use with all computer models: For use in Belgium 639396-A41 For use in Canada 639396-121 For use in the Czech Republic 639396-221 For use in Denmark, Finland, and Norway 639396-DH1 For use in France 639396-051 For use in Germany 639396-041 For use in Greece 639396-DJ1 For use in Hungary 639396-211 For use in Italy 639396-061 For use in the Netherlands 639396-B31 For use in Portugal 639396-131 For use in Russia 639396-251 For use in Slovenia 639396-BA1 For use in Spain 639396-071 For use in Switzerland 639396-BG1 For use in the United Kingdom and Singapore 639396-031 For use in the United States 639396-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor: For use in Bulgaria 639396-261 For use in India 639396-D61 For use in Israel 639396-BB1 Computer major components 25
Item Component Spare part number For use in Japan 639396-291 For use in Saudi Arabia 639396-171 For use in South Korea 639396-AD1 For use in Taiwan 639396-AB1 For use in Thailand 639396-281 For use in Turkey 639396-141 (3) Top co ver (includes TouchPad and TouchPad cable and TouchPad button board and TouchPad button board cable) In steel gray finish 649947-001 In regular finish 639388-001 (4) Display lid switch board (includes cable) 647270-001 (5) Power button board (does not include cable) 640898-001 (6) Fingerprint reader board (includes bracket, but does not include cable) 640427-001 (7) SD Card reader board (does not include cable) 640899-001 (8) USB bo ard (does not in clude cable) 646434-001 Cable Kit , includes: 639402-001 (9) Power co nnector cable Not illustrated: Fingerprint reader board cable Power button board cable SD Card reader board cable TouchPad cable TouchPad button board cables USB board cable (10) Bluetooth module (for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processo r, does not include cable): EDR v.4.0 655792-001 EDR v.3.0 537921-001 (11) Bluetooth module cable (for use only with comput er models equipped with an Intel processor) 647271-001 (12) Front speakers (includes front left and right speakers and cables) 639394-001 (13) System board (includes replacemen t thermal material) : For use only with computer mode ls equipped with an AMD processor: For use only with computer models equi pped with the RS880M chipset and the HD6650 graphics subsystem with 1.0-GB of discrete memory 658833-001 26 Chapter 3 Illustra ted parts ca talog
Item Component Spare part number For use only with computer models equi pped with the RS880M chipset and the HD6470 graphics subsystem with 512-MB of discrete memory 658832-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with the RS880M chipset and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory 658831-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with the 6750 chipset and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory (includes 1024-MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 645386-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with the 6650 chipset and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory (includes 1024-MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 641576-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with the 6490 chipset and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory (includes 512-MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 645385-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with the 6470 chipset and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory (includes 512-MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 641575-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with a graphics subsystem with UMA memory (includes replacem ent thermal material) 645384-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor: For use only with computer models equippe d with the Intel HM65 chipset, an Intel Quad Core processor, and a graphics subsys tem with 2.0-GB of discrete memory 655488-001 For use only with computer models equippe d with the Intel HM65 chipset, an Intel Dual Core processor, and a graphics subsys tem with 2.0-GB of discrete memory 655489-001 For use only with computer models equippe d with the Intel HM65 chipset, an Intel Quad Core processor, and a graphic s subsyst em with UMA me mory 656292-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with the HM65 chipset, an Intel Dual Core processor, and a graphic s subsyst em with UMA me mory 651906-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with the 6770 chipset and an Intel Quad Core processor (BACO, includes 1024-M B of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 659093-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with the 6770 chipset and an Intel Quad Core processor (includes 1024-MB of discrete graphics subsystem mem ory) 639391-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with the 6770 chipset and an Intel Dual Core processor (BACO, includes 1024-M B of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 659094-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with the 6770 chipset and an Intel Dual Core processor (includes 1024-MB of discrete graphics subsystem mem ory) 639392-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with the 6490 chipset and an Intel Quad Core processor (BACO, includes 1024-M B of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 659095-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with the 6490 chipset and an Intel Quad Core processor (includes 1024-MB of discrete graphics subsystem mem ory) 639389-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with the 6490 chipset and an Intel Dual Core processor (BACO, includes 1024-M B of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 659096-001 Computer major components 27
Item Component Spare part number For use only with computer models equi pped with the 6490 chipset and an Intel Dual Core processor (includes 1024-MB of discrete graphics subsystem mem ory) 639390-001 Thermal Material Kit (includes replacement thermal pads and paste): For use only with computer models equippe d with an AMD A8, A6, A4, or E2 processor and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory 654111-001 For use only with computer models equippe d with an AMD A8, A6, A4, or E2 processor and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory 654112-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an AMD Athlon, Phenom, or Turion processor and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory 640457-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an AMD Athlon, Phenom, or Turion processor and a graphic s subsystem with UMA memo ry 640456-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with an Intel processor and a graphics subsystem with 2-GB of discrete memory 650801-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with an Intel processor and a graphics subsystem with discrete memo ry 641493-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with an Intel processor and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory 641492-001 (14) Processor (includes replacement thermal material) AMD A8-3530MX 2.60-GHz proces sor, (1.90-GHz FSB, 4.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 45 W) 653364-001 AMD A8-3510MX 2.50-GHz proces sor (1.80-GHz FSB, 4.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 45 W) 653358-001 AMD A8-3500M 2.40-GHz process or (1.50-GHz FSB, 4.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 35 W) 653350-001 AMD A6-3410MX 2.30-GHz proces sor (1.60-GHz FSB, 2.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 45 W) 653357-001 AMD A6-3400M 2.30-GHz process or (1.40-GHz FSB, 4.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 35 W) 653349-001 AMD A4-3310MX 2.50-GHz proces sor (2.10-GHz FSB, 2.0-MB L2 cache, dual core, 45 W) 653356-001 AMD A4-3300M 2.50-GHz process or (1.90-GHz FSB, 2.0-MB L2 cache, dual core, 35 W) 653348-001 AMD E2-3000M 2.40-GHz processor (1 .80-GHz FSB, 4.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 35 W) 653351-001 AMD Athlon II N370 2.50-GHz process or (1.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.2-GT/ second, dual core, 35 W) 634686-001 AMD Athlon II P340 2.20-GHz process or (1.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.2-GT/ second, dual core, 25 W) 616343-001 AMD Athlon II P360 2.30-GHz process or (2.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 25 W) 636635-001 28 Chapter 3 Illustra ted parts ca talog
Item Component Spare part number AMD Phenom II N850 2.20-GHz processor (1 .5-MB L2 cache, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, triple core, 35 W) 616345-001 AMD Phenom II P960 1.80-GHz processor (2 .0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, quad core, 25 W) 634689-001 AMD Phenom II P860 2.00-GHz processor (1 .5-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, triple core, 25 W) 634688-001 AMD Phenom II P650 2.60-GHz processor (2 .0-MB L2 cache, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 25 W) 634687-001 AMD Phenom II N660 3.00-GHz processor (2 .0-MB L2 cache, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 35 W) 635494-001 AMD Phenom II N870 2.30-GHz processor (1 .5-MB L2 cache, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, triple core, 35 W) 635495-001 AMD Phenom II N970 2.20-GHz processor (2 .0-MB L2 cache, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, quad core, 35 W) 635496-001 AMD Turion II N570 2.70-GHz process or (2.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 35 W) 634690-001 AMD Turion II N560 2.50-GHz process or (2.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 35 W) 634691-001 Intel Quad Core i7-2820QM 2.30-GHz (turbo up to 3.10-GHz) processor (160 0- MHz FSB, 8-MB L3 cache, 45 W) 634694-001 Intel Quad Core i7-2720QM 2.20-GHz (turbo up to 3.00-GHz) processor (160 0- MHz FSB, 6-MB L3 cache, 45 W) 631254-001 Intel Quad Core i7-2630QM 2.00-GHz (turbo up to 2.90-GHz) processor (160 0- MHz FSB, 6-MB L3 cache, 45 W) 635501-001 Intel Dual Core i7-2620M 2.7 0-GHz (turbo up to 3.40-GHz) processor (1333- MHz FSB, 4-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 631252-001 Intel Dual Core i5-2540M 2.6 0-GHz (turbo up to 3.30-GHz) processor (1333- MHz FSB, 3-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 631255-001 Intel Dual Core i5-2520M 2.5 0-GHz (turbo up to 3.20-GHz) processor (1333- MHz FSB, 3-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 631253-001 Intel Dual Core i5-2430M 2.4 0-GHz (SC turbo up to 3.00-GHz) processor (3.0-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 653341-001 Intel Dual Core i5-2410M 2.3 0-GHz (turbo up to 2.90-GHz) processor (3-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 638039-001 Intel Dual Core i3-2350M 2.3 0-GHz processor (3.0-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 653340-001 Intel Dual Core i3-2330M 2.2 0-GHz processor (3.0-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 653339-001 Intel Dual Core i3-2310M 2.1 0-GHz processor (3-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 638037-001 Intel Pentium B950 TJ85 2.10-GHz processor (2.0-MB L3 cache, dual core, 35 W) 653338-001 Intel Pentium B940 TJ85 2.00-GHz processor (2.0-MB L3 cache, dual core, 35 W) 653337-001 (15) Fan/he at s ink ass embl y (includes replacement thermal material): Computer major components 29
Item Component Spare part number For use only with computer models equippe d with the AMD A70M chipset and a graphics subsystem with discrete memo ry 650057-001 For use only with computer models equippe d with the AMD A70M chipset and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory 650056-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with an AMD processor and a graphics subsystem with discrete memo ry 641578-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with an AMD processor and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory 639404-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with an Intel processor and a graphics subsystem with 2.0-GB of discrete memory 653627-001 For use only with computer models equi pped with an Intel processor and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory 653628-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor 640903-001 (16) Rear speakers (includes rear left and right speakers, grill, and cable) 641304-001 (17) Subwo ofer (includes isolators and cable) 639393-001 (18) Base enclosure (includes battery release latch and 4 rubber feet): For use only with computer models equippe d with an Intel processor (includes openings for 3 USB ports) 639399-001 For use only with computer models equippe d with an AMD processor (includes openings for 2 USB ports) 657988-001 (19) Hard drive (2, 2.5-in, SATA, does not include bracket, connector cable, shield, or screws): 1-TB, 5400-rpm 638974-001 750-GB, 7200-rpm 633252-001 750-GB, 5400-rpm 634250-001 640-GB, 7200-rpm 621046-001 500-GB, 7200-rpm for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel proces sor 608218-001 320-GB, 7200-rpm 634862-001 and 641672-001 250-GB, 7200-rpm 634861-001 and 635225-001 Hard Drive Hardware Kit (not illustrated, includes br acket, connector cable, shield, and screws) 641306-001 160-GB solid-state drive f or use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor (not illustrat ed, does not include bracket, connector cable, shield, or screws) 639405-001 (20) Optical drive (includes bezel and bracket): For use with all computer models: Blu-ray Disc R/RW with SuperMul ti DVD±R/RW Double-Layer Drive wi th Lig htScribe 659876-001 30 Chapter 3 Illustra ted parts ca talog
Item Component Spare part number DVD±RW Double-Layer LightScribe SuperMulti Drive 659875-001 For use only with computer mode ls equipped with an AMD processor: Blu-ray Disc R/RW with SuperMul ti DVD±R/RW Double-Layer Drive wi th Lig htScribe 641850-001 DVD±RW Double-Layer LightScribe SuperMulti Drive 641851-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor: Blu-ray Disc ROM with SuperMulti DV D±R/RW Double-Layer Drive with Ligh tScribe 641302-001 Blu-ray Disc R/RW with SuperMul ti DVD±R/RW Double-Layer Drive wi th Lig htScribe 641303-001 DVD±RW Double-Layer LightScribe SuperMulti Drive 641301-001 Optical drive bay space saver (not illustrated) 65962 4-001 Optical Drive Hardware Kit (not illustrated, includes bracket, optical drive cable, bezels (2), and screws 641549-001 (21) Battery 9-cell, 100-WHr, 3.00-AHr, LI 636631-001 6-cell, 62-WHr, 2 .80-AHr, LI 593562-001 6-cell, 55-WHr, 2 .55-AHr, LI 593554-001 (22) RTC battery (includes cabl e and double-sided tape) 640902-001 (23) Memory modules (2, DDR 3, 10600, 1333-MHz) 8 GB (for use only with computer mode ls equipped with an Intel processor) 634091-001 4 GB 621569-001 2 GB 621565-001 1 GB 639736-001 (24) WLAN module: For use with all computer models: Atheros 9485GN 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and 3012 Bluetooth 4.0 Combo Adapter 655795-001 Atheros AR9285 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi Adapter 605560-005 Broadcom 4313 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi Adapter 593836-001 Broadcom 4313 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and 2 070 Bluetooth 2.1 EDR Combo adapter (BT3.0HS ready) 600370-001 Broadcom 4313GN 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and 20702 Bluetooth 4.0 Combo Adapter 657325-001 Ralink RT3090BC4 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and Bluetooth 2.1 EDR Combo adapter (BT3.0HS ready) 630705-001 Ralink 5390GN 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi Adapter 630703-001 Realtek RTL8188CE 802.11b /g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and Bluetooth 4.0LE Combo Adapter 656119-001 For use only with computer mode ls equipped with an AMD processor: Computer major components 31
Item Component Spare part number Atheros AR9002WB-1NGB 802.11b/g /n 1Ã1 WiFi and Bluetooth 2.1EDR Combo Adapter (BT3.0 HS ready) 593127-001 Realtek 8188BC8 802.11a/b/g/n 2Ã2 WiFi and Bluetooth 3.0 HS Combo Adapter 602993-001 Realtek 8188GN 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi Adapter 640926-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor: Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6230 631956-001 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1000 802.11b/g /n 1Ã2 WLAN module 59353 0-001 Intel Centrino Wireless-N WiMAX 6150 633817-001 (25) Service cover â available in the Plastics Kit, spare part number 641305-001) 32 Chapter 3 Illustra ted parts ca talog
Display assembly subcomponents Item Component Spare part number (1) Display bezel 639398-001 (2) Display Hinge Kit (includes left and right display hinges and brackets) 639403-001 (3) Display panel : 17.3-in, AntiGlare, FHD, LED, display panel for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor 656297-001 17.3-in, BrightView, HD , LED, LVDS displ ay panel for use with all computer models 64162 9-001 (4) Display Cable Kit (includes display panel cable and webcam/ microphone module cable) 640900-001 (5) Webcam/microphone module 639387-001 (6) Antenna Kit (includes l eft and right wireless antenna cables and transceivers ) 639401-001 (7) Display en closure In steel gray finish 649946-001 In regular finish 639400-001 Display Rubber Kit (not illustrated, include screw covers) 640901-001 Display Screw Kit (not illustrated) 641582-001 Display assembly sub components 33
Mass storage devices Item Component Spare part number (1) Hard drive (2.5-in, SATA, does not include bracket, connector cable, shield, or screws): 1-TB, 5400-rpm 638974-001 750-GB, 7200-rpm 633252-001 750-GB, 5400-rpm 634250-001 640-GB, 7200-rpm 621046-001 500-GB, 7200-rpm for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel proces sor 608218-001 320-GB, 7200-rpm 634862-001 and 641672-001 250-GB, 7200-rpm 634861-001 and 635225-001 Hard Drive Hardware Kit , includes: 641306-001 (2a) Primary hard drive connector cable (2b) Primary hard drive bracket (4a) Secondary hard drive connector cable (4b) Secondary hard drive bracket Screws (not illustrated) (3) 160-GB solid-state drive (do es not include bracket, connector cable, shield, or screws) 639405-001 (5) Optical drive (includes bezel and bracket): 34 Chapter 3 Illustra ted parts ca talog
Item Component Spare part number For use with all computer models: Blu-ray Disc R/RW with SuperMul ti DVD±R/RW Double-Layer Drive wi th Lig htScribe 659876-001 DVD±RW Double-Layer LightScribe SuperMulti Drive 659875-001 For use only with computer mode ls equipped with an AMD processor: Blu-ray Disc R/RW with SuperMul ti DVD±R/RW Double-Layer Drive wi th Lig htScribe 641850-001 DVD±RW Double-Layer LightScribe SuperMulti Drive 641851-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor: Blu-ray Disc ROM with SuperMulti DV D±R/RW Double-Layer Drive with Ligh tScribe 641302-001 Blu-ray Disc R/RW with SuperMul ti DVD±R/RW Double-Layer Drive wi th Lig htScribe 641303-001 DVD±RW Double-Layer LightScribe SuperMulti Drive 641301-001 Optical drive bay space saver (not illustrated) 65962 4-001 Optical Drive Hardware Kit , includes: 641549-001 (6a) Optical drive cable (6b) Optical drive bracket (6c) Optical drive bezel Screws (not illustrated) Miscellaneous parts Component Spare part number HP Sm art AC adapt er 90-W, PFC, RC, V HP Smart AC adapter fo r use with all computer models 609940-001 65-W RC, V HP Smart AC adapter for use only with computer models equipped with an AMD processor 609939-001 120-W, PFC, RC, V HP Smart AC adapter for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor 609941-001 90-W, PFC, RC, V, EM HP Smart AC adapter for us e only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor 609947-001 65-W, RC, V, EM HP Smart AC adapter for use only with computer m odels equipped with an Intel processor 609948-001 Power cor d (3-pin, black,1.83-meter): For use with all computer models: For use in Denmark 490371-081 For use in Europe 490371-021 Miscellaneous parts 35
Component Spare part number For use in Italy 490371-061 For use in North America 490371-001 For use in the Netherlands 490371-B31 For use in Switzerland 490371-111 For use in the United Ki ngdom and Singapore 490371-031 For use only with computer mo dels equipped with an Intel processor: For use in Australia 490371-011 For use in Brazil 490371-201 For use in India 490371-D61 For use in Israel 490371-BB1 For use in Japan 490371-291 For use in South Korea 490371-AD1 For use in Taiwan 490371-AB1 Remote control (full-function with teletext) 465541-004 Screw Kit 639395-001 USB DVB-T dipole antenna 581223-001 USB DVB-T TV tuner 581222-001 Sequential part number listing Spare part numbe r Descri ption 465541-004 Remote contro l (full-function with teletext) 490371-001 Power cord for use with all computer mo dels in North America (3-pin, black,1.83-m eter) 490371-011 Power cord for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor in Australia (3-pin, black,1.83-meter) 490371-021 Power cord for use with all computer models in Europe (3-pin, black,1.83-meter) 490371-031 Power cord for use with all computer models in the United Kingdom and Singapore (3-pin, black,1.83- meter) 490371-061 Power cord for use with all computer models in Italy (3-pin, black,1.83-meter) 490371-081 Power cord for use with all computer models in Denmark (3-pin, black,1.83-meter) 490371-111 Power cord for use with all computer models in Switzerland (3-pin, black,1.83-meter) 490371-201 Power cord for use only with computer models eq uipped with an Intel processo r in Brazil (3-pin, black, 1.83-meter) 36 Chapter 3 Illustra ted parts ca talog
Spare part numbe r Descri ption 490371-291 Power cord for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel proces sor in Japan (3-pin, black, 1.83-meter) 490371-AB1 Power cord for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel pr ocessor in Taiwan (3-pin, black,1.83-meter) 490371-AD1 Power cord for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor in South Korea (3-pin, black,1.83-meter) 490371-AR1 P ower cord for use with all computer models in South Africa (3-pin, black,1.83-meter) 490371-BB1 Power cord for use only with computer models eq uipped with an Intel processor in Israel (3-pin, black, 1.83-meter) 490371-D61 Power cord for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel proces sor in India (3-pin, black, 1.83-meter) 537921-001 Bluetooth module EDR v.3.0 (for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor, does not include cable) 581222-001 USB DVB-T TV tuner 581223-001 USB DVB-T dipole antenna 593127-001 Atheros AR9002WB-1NGB 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and Bluetooth 2.1EDR Combo Adapter (BT3.0 HS ready) for use only with computer models equipped with an AMD processor 593530-001 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1000 802.1 1b/g/n 1Ã2 WLAN module for use only with co mputer models equipped with an Intel processor 593554-001 6-cell, 55-WHr, 2.55-AHr, Li battery 593562-001 6-cell, 62-WHr, 2.80-AHr, Li battery 593836-001 Broadcom 4313 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi Adapter fo r use with all computer models 600370-001 Broadcom 4313 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and 2070 Bluetooth 2.1 EDR Co mbo adapter (BT3.0HS ready) for use with all computer models 602993-001 R ealtek 8188BC8 802.11a/b/g/n 2Ã2 WiFi and Bluetooth 3.0 HS Combo Adapter for use only with computer models equipped with an AMD processor 605560-005 Atheros AR9285 802.11b/g /n 1Ã1 WiFi Adapter for use only with computer models equipped with an AMD processor 608218-001 500-GB, 7200-rpm hard drive for use on ly with computer models equipped with an Intel processor (2.5-in, SATA, does not include bracket, connector cable, shield, or screws) 609939-001 6 5-W RC, V HP Smart AC adapter for use only with computer models equipped with an AMD processor 609940-001 9 0-W, PFC, RC, V HP Smart AC adapter 609941-001 120-W, PFC, RC, V HP Smart AC adapter for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor 609947-001 90-W, PFC, RC, V, EM HP Smart AC adapter for use only wit h computer models equipped with an Intel processor 609948-001 65-W, RC, V, EM HP Smart AC adapter for use on ly with computer models equipped with an Intel processor Sequential part number listing 37
Spare part numbe r Descri ption 616343-001 AMD Athlon II P340 2.20-GHz processo r (1.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.2-GT/ second, dual core, 25 W) 616345-001 AMD Phenom II N850 2.20-GHz processo r (1.5-MB L 2 cache, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, triple core, 35 W) 621046-001 640-GB, 7200-rpm hard drive (2.5-in, SATA, do es not include bracket, connector cable, shield, or scr ews) 621565-001 2-GB memory module (DDR3, 10600, 1333-MHz) 621569-001 4-GB memory module (DDR3, 10600, 1333-MHz) 630703-001 Ralink 5390GN 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi Adapter for use with all computer models 630705-001 Ralink RT3090BC4 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi an d Bluetooth 2.1 EDR Combo adapter (BT3.0HS ready) for use with all computer models 631252-001 Intel Dual Core i7-2620M 2.70-GH z (turbo up to 3.40-GHz) processor (1333-MHz FSB, 4-MB L3 cache, 35 W, includes replacement thermal material) 631253-001 Intel Dual Core i5-2520M 2.50-GH z (turbo up to 3.20-GHz) processor (1333-MHz FSB, 3-MB L3 cache, 35 W, includes replacement thermal material) 631254-001 Intel Quad Core i7-2720QM 2.20-GHz (turbo up to 3.00-GHz) processor (1600-MHz FSB, 6-MB L3 cache, 45 W, includes replacement thermal material) 631255-001 Intel Dual Core i5-2540M 2.60-GH z (turbo up to 3.30-GHz) processor (1333-MHz FSB, 3-MB L3 cache, 35 W, includes replacement thermal material) 631956-001 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6230 for use onl y with computer models equipped with an Intel proces sor 633252-001 750-GB, 7200-rpm hard drive (2.5-in, SATA, do es not include bracket, connector cable, shield, or scr ews) 633817-001 Intel Centrino Wireless-N WiMAX 6150 for use on ly with computer models equipped with an Intel processor 634091-001 8-GB memory m odule (DDR3, 10600, 1333-MHz) for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor 634250-001 750-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive (2.5-in, SATA, do es not include bracket, connector cable, shield, or scr ews) 634686-001 AMD Athlon II N370 2.50-GHz processor (1.0-M B L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.2-GT/ second, dual core, 35 W) 634687-001 AMD Phenom II P650 2.60-GHz processo r (2.0-MB L2 cache, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 25 W) 634688-001 AMD Phenom II P860 2.00-GHz processo r (1.5-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, triple core, 25 W) 634689-001 AMD Phenom II P960 1.80-GHz processo r (2.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, quad core, 25 W) 634690-001 AMD Turion II N570 2.70-GHz processor ( 2.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 35 W) 634691-001 AMD Turion II N560 2.50-GHz processor ( 2.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 35 W) 38 Chapter 3 Illustra ted parts ca talog
Spare part numbe r Descri ption 634694-001 Intel Quad Core i7-2820QM 2.30-GHz (turbo up to 3.10-GHz) processor (1600-MHz FSB, 8-MB L3 cache, 45 W, includes replacement thermal material) 634861-001 250-GB, 7200-rpm hard drive (2.5-in, SATA, do es not include bracket, connector cable, shield, or scr ews) 634862-001 320-GB, 7200-rpm hard drive (2.5-in, SATA, do es not include bracket, connector cable, shield, or scr ews) 635225-001 250-GB, 7200-rpm hard drive (2.5-in, SATA, do es not include bracket, connector cable, shield, or scr ews) 635494-001 AMD Phenom II N660 3.00-GHz processo r (2.0-MB L2 cache, 133 3-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/second, Dual Core 35 W) 635495-001 AMD Phenom II N870 2.30-GHz processo r (1.5-MB L 2 cache, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, triple core, 35 W) 635496-001 AMD Phenom II N970 2.20-GHz processo r (2.0-MB L 2 cache, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, quad core, 35 W) 635501-001 Intel Quad Core i7-2630QM 2.00-GHz (turbo up to 2.90-GHz) processor (1600-MHz FSB, 6-MB L3 cache, 45 W, includes replacement thermal material) 636631-001 9-cell, 100-WHr, 3.00-AHr, Li battery 636635-001 AMD Athlon II P360 2.30-GHz processo r (2.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 25 W) 638037-001 Intel Dual Core i3-2310M 2.10-GH z processor (3-MB L3 cache, 35 W, includes replacement thermal ma terial) 638039-001 Intel Dual Core i5-2410M 2.30-GH z (turbo up to 2.90-GHz) processo r (3-MB L3 cache, 35 W, includes replacement thermal material) 638974-001 1-TB, 5400-rpm hard drive (2.5-in, SA TA, does not include bracket, connect or cable, shield, or screws) 639387-001 Webcam/microphone module 639388-001 Top cover in regular finish (includes To uchPad and TouchPad cable and TouchPad butto n board and TouchPad button board cable) 639389-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel Qu ad Core processo r and the 6490 chipset (includes 1024-MB of discrete gra phics subsystem memory and replacement thermal ma terial) 639390-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel Dual Co re processor and the 6490 chipset (includes 1024-MB of discrete gra phics subsystem memory and replacement thermal ma terial) 639391-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel Qu ad Core processo r and the 6770 chipset (includes 1024-MB of discrete gra phics subsystem memory and replacement thermal ma terial) 639392-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel Dual Co re processor and the 6770 chipset (includes 1024-MB of discrete gra phics subsystem memory and replacement thermal ma terial) 639393-001 Subwoofer (includes isolators and cable) Sequential part number listing 39
Spare part numbe r Descri ption 639394-001 Front speakers (include front left and right speakers and cables) 639395-001 Screw Kit 639396-001 Keyboard for use w ith all computer models in the United States (includes keyboard cable) 639396-031 Keyboard for use w ith all computer models in the United Kingdom and Singapore (includes keyboard cable) 639396-041 Keyboard for use w ith all computer m odels in Germany (includes keyboard cable) 639396-051 Keyboard for use w ith all computer models in France (includes keyboard cable) 639396-061 Keyboard for use w ith all computer models in Italy (includes keyboard cable) 639396-071 Keyboard for use w ith all computer models in Spain (inc ludes keyboard cable) 639396-121 Keyboard for use w ith all computer models in Canada (includes keyboard cable) 639396-131 Keyboard for use w ith all computer m odels in Portugal (includes keyboard cable) 639396-141 Keyboard for use o nly with computer models eq uipped with an Intel proce ssor in Turkey (includes keyboard cable) 639396-171 Keyboard for use o nly with computer models equipped with an Intel processor in Saudi Arabia (includes keyboard cable) 639396-211 Keyboard for use w ith all computer models in Hungary (includes keyboard cable) 639396-221 Keyboard for use w ith all computer models in the Czech Republic (incl udes keyboard cable) 639396-251 Keyboard for use w ith all computer models in Russia (includes keyboard cable) 639396-261 Keyboard for use o nly with computer models eq uipped with an Intel processor in Bulgaria (includes keyboard cable) 639396-281 Keyboard for use o nly with computer models eq uipped with an Intel processor in Thailand (includes keyboard cable) 639396-291 Keyboard for use o nly with computer models equipped with an Intel processor in Japan (includes keyboard cable) 639396-A41 Keyboard for use with all computer models in Belgium (includes keyboard cable) 639396-AB1 Keyboard for use only with computer models eq uipped with an Intel processor in Taiwan (includes keyboard cable) 639396-AD1 Keyboard for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor South Korea (includes keyboard cable) 639396-B31 Keyboard for use with all computer mode ls in the Netherlands (includes keyboard cable) 639396-BA1 Keyboard for use with all computer m odels in Slovenia (includes keyboard cable) 639396-BB1 Keyboard for use only with computer models eq uipped with an Intel processor in Israel (includes keyboard cable) 639396-BG1 Keyboard for use with all computer m odels in Switzerland (includes keyboard cable) 639396-D61 Keyboard for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor in India (includes keyboard cable) 40 Chapter 3 Illustra ted parts ca talog
Spare part numbe r Descri ption 639396-DH1 Keyboard for use with all computer models in Denmark, Finland, and Norway (includes keyboard cable) 639396-DJ1 Keyboard for use with all computer models in Greece (includes keyboard cable) 639397-001 17.3-in, BrightView, HD , LED, LVDS disp lay assembly (includes webcam, two microph ones, and wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 639398-001 Display bezel 639399-001 Base enclosure for use only w ith computer mode ls equipped with an Intel processo r (includes openings for 3 USB ports; includes battery release latch and 4 rubber feet) 639400-001 Display enclosure in regular fin ish 639401-001 Antenna Kit (includes left and right wireless an tenna cables and transceivers) 639402-001 Cable Kit 639403-001 Display Hinge Kit (includes left and right display hinges and brackets ) 639404-001 Fan/heat sink assembly for use only with comput er models equipped with an AMD processor and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory (i ncludes replacement thermal material) 639405-001 160-GB solid-state drive for use only wit h comput er models equipped with an Int el processor (does not include bracket, connector cable, shield, or screws) 639736-001 1-GB memory module (DDR3, 10600, 1333-MHz) 640427-001 Fingerprint reader board ( include s bracket, but does not include cable) 640456-001 Thermal Material Kit for use only with com put er models equipped with an AMD Athlon, Phenom, or Turion processor and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory (includes replacement thermal pads and paste) 640457-001 Thermal Material Kit for use only with com put er models equipped with an AMD Athlon, Phenom, or Turion processor and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory (include s replacement thermal pads and paste) 640898-001 P ower button board (does not include cable) 640899-001 SD Card reader board (does not include cable) 640900-001 Display Cable Kit (includes displ ay pan el cable and webcam/microphone mo dule cable) 640901-001 Display Rubber Kit (include screw covers) 640902-001 RTC battery (includes cable and double-sided tape) 640903-001 Fan/heat sink assembly for use only with comput er models equipped with an Intel processor (includes replacement thermal material) 640926-001 Realtek 8188GN 802.11b/g/n 1 Ã1 WiFi Adapter for use only with computer models equipped with an AMD processor 641301-001 DVD±RW Double-Layer LightScribe SuperMulti Dr ive for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor 641302-001 Blu-ray Disc ROM with SuperMulti DVD±R/RW Do uble-Layer Drive with LightScribe for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor Sequential part number listing 41
Spare part numbe r Descri ption 641303-001 Blu-ray Disc R/RW with SuperMulti DVD±R/RW D ouble-Layer Drive with LightScribe for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor 641304-001 Rear speakers (include rear left and righ t speakers, grill, and cable) 641305-001 Plastics Kit (includes service cover) 641306-001 Hard Drive Hardware Kit (includes br acket, connector cable, shield, and screws) 641492-001 Thermal Material Kit for use only with comp uter models equipped with an Intel processor and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory (inc ludes replacement thermal pads and paste) 641493-001 Thermal Material Kit for use only with comp uter models equipped with an Intel processor and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory (i ncludes replacement thermal pads and paste) 641549-001 Optical Drive Hardware Kit (in cludes 2 b ezels, bracket, optical drive cable, and screws) 641575-001 System board for us e only wi th computer models equipped with an AMD processor, the 6470 chipset, and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory (includes 512-MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory and repl acement thermal ma terial) 641576-001 System board for us e only wi th computer models equipped with an AMD processor, the 6650 chipset, and a graphics subsystem with discret e memory (includes 1024-MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory and repl acement thermal ma terial) 641578-001 Thermal Material Kit for use only with com puter models equipped with an AMD processor and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory (i ncludes replacement thermal pads and paste) 641582-001 Display Screw Kit 641629-001 17.3-in, BrightView, HD , LED, LVDS display panel 641672-001 320-GB, 7200-rpm hard drive (2.5-in, SATA, do es not include bracket, connector cable, shield, or scr ews) 645384-001 System board for use only with computer m odels equipped with an AMD processor and a g raphics subsystem with UMA memory (inclu des replacement thermal material) 645385-001 System board for us e only wi th computer models equipped with an AMD processor, the 6490 chipset, and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory (includes 512-MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory and repl acement thermal ma terial) 645386-001 System board for us e only wi th computer models equipped with an AMD processor, the 6750 chipset, and a graphics subsystem with discret e memory (includes 1024-MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory and repl acement thermal ma terial) 646434-001 USB board (does not include cable) 647270-001 Display lid s witch board (includes cable) 647271-001 Bluetooth module cable (for use only with computer m odels equipped with an Intel processor) 649946-001 Display enclosure in steel gray fini sh 649947-001 Top cover in steel gray finish (includes To uchPad and Touch Pad cable and TouchPad button board and TouchPad button board cable) 650056-001 Fan/heat sink assembly for use only with computer models equipped with the AMD A70M ch ipset and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory (i ncludes replacement therm al material) 42 Chapter 3 Illustra ted parts ca talog
Spare part numbe r Descri ption 650057-001 Fan/heat sink assembly for use only with comp uter models equipped with the AMD A70M chipset and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory (includes replacement thermal material) 650801-001 Thermal Material Kit for use only with comp uter models equipped with an Intel processor and a graphics subsystem with 2-GB of discrete memo ry (includes replacemen t thermal pads and paste) 651906-001 System board for us e only with computer mo dels equipped with the HM65 chipset, an Intel Dual Core processor, and a graphics subsystem with UM A memory (includes replac ement thermal material) 653337-001 Intel Pentium B950 TJ85 2.10-G Hz processor (2.0-MB L3 cache, dual co re, 35 W; includes replacement thermal material) 653338-001 Intel Pentium B940 TJ85 2.00-G Hz processor (2.0-MB L3 cache, dual co re, 35 W; includes replacement thermal material) 653339-001 Intel Dual Core i3-2330M 2.20-GH z processor (3.0-MB L3 cache, dual core, 35 W; includes replacement thermal material) 653340-001 Intel Dual Core i3-2350M 2.30-GH z processor (3.0-MB L3 cache, dual core, 35 W; includes replacement thermal material) 653341-001 Intel Dual Core i5-2430M 2.40-GH z (SC tu rbo up to 3.00-GHz) processor (3.0 -MB L3 cache, dual core, 35 W; includes replacem ent thermal material) 653348-001 AMD A4-3300M 2.50-GHz processor (1.90-GH z FS B, 2.0-MB L2 cache, dual core, 35 W; includes replacement thermal material) 653349-001 AMD A6-3400M 2.30-GHz processor (1.40-GH z FS B, 4.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 35 W; includes replacement thermal material) 653350-001 AMD A8-3500M 2.40-GHz processor (1.50-GH z FS B, 4.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 35 W; includes replacement thermal material) 653351-001 AMD E2-3000M 2.40-GHz processor (1.80-GHz FS B, 4 .0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 35 W; includes replacement thermal material) 653356-001 AMD A4-3310MX 2.50-GHz processo r (2.10-GHz FSB, 2 .0-MB L2 cache, dual core, 45 W; includes replacement thermal material) 653357-001 AMD A6-3410MX 2.30-GHz processo r (1.60-GHz FS B, 2 .0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 45 W; includes replacement thermal material) 653358-001 AMD A8-3510MX 2.50-GHz processo r (1.80-GHz FS B, 4 .0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 45 W; includes replacement thermal material) 653364-001 AMD A8-3530MX 2.60-GHz processo r, (1.90-GHz FSB, 4 .0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 45 W; includes replacement thermal material) 653627-001 Fan/heat sink assembly for use only with comput er models equipped with an Intel processor and a graphics subsystem with 2.0-GB of discrete me mory (includes replacement thermal material) 653628-001 Fan/heat sink assembly for use only with comput er models equipped with an Intel processor and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory (i ncludes replacement thermal material) 654111-001 Thermal Material Kit for use only with com puter models equipped with an AMD A8, A6, A4, or E2 processor and a graphics subsystem with disc rete memory (includes replacement thermal pads and paste) Sequential part number listing 43
Spare part numbe r Descri ption 654112-001 Thermal Material Kit for use only with com puter models equipped with an AMD A8, A6, A4, or E2 processor and a graphics subsystem with UM A memory (includes re placement thermal pads and paste) 654442-001 17.3-in, BrightView, HD , LED, LVDS display assembly in steel gray finish (includes webcam, two microphones, and wireless ante nna transceivers and cables) 655488-001 System board for us e only with computer models equipped with the Intel H M65 chipset, an Intel Quad Core processor, and a graphics subsystem with 2. 0-GB of discrete memory (includes replacement thermal ma terial) 655489-001 System board for us e only with computer models equipped with the Intel H M65 chipset, an Intel Dual Core processor, and a graphics subsystem with 2. 0-GB of discrete memory (includes replacement thermal ma terial) 655792-001 Bluetooth module EDR v.4.0 (for use only with co mputer models equipped with an Intel processor, does not include cable) 655795-001 A theros 9485GN 802.1 1b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and 3012 Bluetooth 4.0 Combo Adapter 656119-001 Realtek RTL8188CE 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and Bluetooth 4.0LE Combo Adapter 656292-001 System board for us e only wi th computer models equipped with the Intel HM65 chipset, an Intel quad core processor, and a graphics subsyste m with UMA mem ory (i ncludes replacement thermal ma terial) 656295-001 17.3-in, AntiGlare, FHD, LED display assem bly in aluminum finish fo r use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor (includes webcam, two microphones, and wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 656296-001 17.3-in, AntiGlare, FHD, LED display assem bly in steel gray finis h for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor (includes webcam, two microphones, and wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 656297-001 17.3-in, AntiGlare, FHD, LED display panel for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor 657325-001 Broadcom 4313GN 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and 20702 Bluetooth 4.0 Combo Adapter 657988-001 Base enclosure for use only w ith computer m odels equipped with an AMD processor (includes openings for 2 USB ports; includes battery release latch and 4 rubber feet) 658831-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with the AMD RS880M chipset and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory (i ncludes replacement thermal material) 658832-001 System board for use only with computer m odels equipped with the AMD RS880M chipset and the HD6470 graphics subsyst em with 512-MB of discrete memory (includes replacement thermal material) 658833-001 System board for use only with computer m odels equipped with the AMD RS880M chipset and the HD6650 graphics subsyst em with 1.0-GB of discrete memory (includes replac ement thermal material) 659093-001 System board for us e only with computer models equipped with an Int el quad core processor, the 6490 graphics subsystem, and 1.0-GB o f discrete video memory (BACO, includes replacement thermal ma terial) 659094-001 System board for us e only with computer models equipped with an Intel dual core processor, the 6490 graphics subsystem, and 1.0-GB o f discrete video memory (BACO, includes replacement thermal ma terial) 44 Chapter 3 Illustra ted parts ca talog
Spare part numbe r Descri ption 659095-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel quad core proces sor, the 6770 graphics subsystem, and 1.0-GB o f discrete video memory (BACO, includes replacement thermal ma terial) 659096-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with an Intel dual core processor, the 6770 graphics subsystem, and 1.0-GB o f discrete video memory (BACO, includes replacement thermal ma terial) 659624-001 Optical drive bay space saver 659875-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Multi Double-Layer Co mbo Drive with LightScribe for use only with computer models equipped with an AMD processor 659876-001 Blu-ray ROM with LightScribe DVD±R/RW Super Multi Double-Layer Drive for use only with computer models equipped with an AMD processor Sequential part number listing 45
4 Removal and replacement procedures Preliminary replacement requirements Tools required You will need the fo llowing tools to comple te the removal and replacement procedures: â Flat-bladed screwdriver â Magnetic screwdriver â Phillips P0 and P1 screwdrivers Service considerations The following sections include so me of the considerations that you must keep in mind during disassembly and as sembly procedures. NOTE: As you remove each subassembly from the computer , place the subassembly (and all accompanying screws) away from th e work area to prevent damage. Plastic parts CAUTION: Using excessive force during disassembly an d reassembly can damage plastic parts. Use care when handling the plasti c parts. Apply pressu re only at the points designa ted in the maintenance instructions. Cables and connectors CAUTION: When servicing the co mputer, be sure that cables are pl aced in their proper locati ons during the reassembly proc ess. Improper cable placement can da mage the computer. Cables must be handled with extreme care to avoi d damage. Apply only the te nsion required to unseat or seat the cables during remova l and insertion. Ha ndle cables by the connector whenever poss ible. In all cases, avoid bending, tw isting, or tearing cables. Be sure that cables are routed in such a way that they cannot be cau ght or snagged b y parts bein g removed or replaced. Handle flex cables with extreme care; these c ables tear easily. 46 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Drive handling CAUTION: Drives are fragile compo nents that must be handled with car e. To prevent damage to the computer, damage to a drive, or loss of information, observe these precautions: Before removing or inserting a hard drive, shut down the co mputer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off o r in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. Before handling a drive, be sure that you are discharged of static electric ity. While handl ing a drive, avoid touching the connector. Before removing a diskette drive or optical drive, be sure that a diskette or disc is not in the drive and be sure that the optical drive tray is closed. Handle drives on surfaces covered with at least one inch of shock-proof foam. Avoid dropping drives from any height onto any surface. After removing a hard drive, a n optical drive, or a diskette d rive, place it in a static -proof bag. Avoid exposing an internal hard d rive to produc ts that have magnetic fields, such as monitors or speake rs. Avoid exposing a d rive to temp erature extremes or liquids. If a drive must be mailed, place the drive in a bubble pack mailer or other suitable form of protective packaging and label the packa ge âFRAGILE.â Grounding guidelines Electrostatic discharge damage Electronic components are sensi tiv e to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Circuitr y design and s tructure determine the degree of sensi tivity. Networks built into many integrated circuits provide some protection, but in many cases, ESD contains en ough power to alter de vice parameters or melt silicon junctions. A discharge of static electricity from a finger or other conductor can destroy static-s ensitive devices or microcircuitry. Even if the spark is neithe r felt nor heard, dama ge may have occurred. An electronic device exposed to ESD ma y not be af fected at all and can work perfectly throughout a normal cycle. Or the device may fu nction normally for a while, then de grade in the internal lay ers, reducing its life expectancy. Preliminary replacement requirements 47
CAUTION: To prevent damage to the computer when you are removing or installing internal components, observe these prec autions: Keep components in their electr ostatic-safe containe rs until you are ready to install them. Before touching an elec tronic component, dis charge stat ic electricity by using the guid elines describ ed in this section. Avoid touching pins, leads, and circuitry. Handle elec tronic components as little as possible. If you remove a c omponent, pl ace it in an electrostati c- safe contai ner. The following table shows how hu midity affects the electrostati c voltage levels generated by different activities. CAUTION: A product ca n be degraded by as litt le as 700 V. Typical electrostatic vo ltage levels Relative humidity Event 10% 40% 55% Walking across carpet 35,000 V 15,000 V 7,500 V Walking across vinyl floor 12,000 V 5,000 V 3,000 V Motions of bench worker 6,000 V 800 V 400 V Removing DIPS from plastic tube 2,000 V 700 V 400 V Removing DIPS from vinyl tray 11,500 V 4,000 V 2,0 00 V Removing DIPS from Styrofoam 14,500 V 5,000 V 3,5 00 V Removing bubble pack from PCB 26,500 V 20,000 V 7,000 V Packing PCBs in foam-lined box 21,000 V 11,000 V 5,000 V 48 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Packaging and transporting guidelines Follow these grounding guidelin es when packaging and transporting equipment: â To avoid hand contact, transport produc ts in static-safe tubes, bags, or box es. â Protect ESD-sensitive parts and as se mblies with conductive or ap proved containers or packaging. â Keep ESD-sensitive parts in their containers unti l the parts arrive at static-free workstations. â Place items on a grounded surface before removing items fr om their containers. â Always be prop erly grounded when touching a component or assembly. â Store reusable ESD-sensitive parts from assemblies in protective packaging or nonconductive foam. â Use transporters an d conveyors m ade of antista tic belts and r oller bushin gs. Be sure that mechanized equipment us ed for moving materials is wired to ground and that proper ma terials are selected to avoid static chargi ng. When grounding is not possi b le, use an ionizer to dissipate electric charges. Workstation guidelines Follow these grounding workstatio n guidelines: â Cover the workstation wi th approved stati c-shielding material. â Use a wrist strap connected to a properl y grounded work surface and use properly grounded tools and equipme nt. â Use conductive field se rvice tools, such as cutters, screwdrivers, and vacuums. â When fixtures must directly contact di ssipativ e surfaces, use fixture s made only of static - safe materials. â Keep the work area f ree of nonconductive ma te rials, such as ordinary plastic assembly aids and Styrofoam. â Handle ESD-sensitive components , parts, and assemblies by the case or PCM laminate. Handle these items only at static-free workstations. â Avoid contact with pins , leads, or circuitry. â Turn off power and input signals before ins erting or removing connectors or te st equipment. Preliminary replacement requirements 49
Equipment guidelines Grounding equipment must include eith er a wrist st rap or a foot strap at a grou nded workstation. â When seated, wear a wrist strap co nnected to a gr ounded system. Wrist straps ar e flexible straps with a minimum of one megohm ±1 0% resistance in the ground co rds. To provide proper g round, wear a strap snugly against the skin at all t imes. On grounded mats with banana-plug connectors, use alligator clips to connect a wrist strap. â When standing, use foot straps and a grounded floor mat. Foot s traps (heel, toe, or boot straps) can be used at standing wo rkstations an d are compatib le with most types o f shoes or boots. On conductive f loors or dis sipative fl oor mats, us e foot str aps on both feet w ith a minimum of one megohm resistance between the operato r and grou nd. To be effective, the conductive must be worn in contact with the skin. The following grounding equi pment is reco mmended to prevent electrostatic damage: â Antistatic tape â Antistatic smock s, aprons, and sleeve p rotectors â Conductive bins and other assembly or soldering aids â Nonconductive foam â Conductive ta bletop works tations wi th ground cords of one megohm resis tance â Static-dissipative tables or floor mats with hard ti es to the ground â Field service kits â Static awareness labels â Material-handling packages â Nonconductive plastic bags, tubes, or boxes â Metal tote boxes â Electrostatic voltage levels and protective materia ls The following table lists the shie lding protection provided by antistatic bags and floor mats. Material Use Voltage protection level Antistatic plastics Bags 1,500 V Carbon-loaded plastic Floor mats 7,500 V Metallized laminate Floor mats 5,000 V 50 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Component replacement procedures This chapter provides removal and repla cement procedures. There are as many as 103 screws that must be removed, replace d, or loosened when servici ng the computer. Make special note of each screw and screw lock siz e and location during removal and replacement. Service tag When ordering pa rts or reques ti ng information, p rovide the computer serial number and model description provided on the service tag. (When or dering parts or requesti ng information, pro vide the computer serial nu mber and model descri ption provided on the service tag.) Item Description Function (1) Product name This is the product name affixed to the front of the computer. (2) Serial number (s/n) This is an alphan umeric identifier that is unique to each product. (3) Part num ber/Product number (p/n) This number provides specific information about the product's hardware components. The part number helps a service technician to determine what components and parts are needed. Component replacement proced ures 51
Item Description Function (4) Warranty period This number describes the duration of the warranty period for the computer. (5) Model description This is the alphanum eric identifier needed to lo cate documents, drivers, and support for the computer. Computer feet The computer feet are a dhesive-backed rubber pa ds . There are 4 rubber feet that attach to the base enclosure in the locations illustra ted below. Battery Description Spare part number 9-cell, 100-WHr, 3.00-AHr, LI 636631-001 6-cell, 62-WHr, 2.80-AHr, LI 593562-001 6-cell, 55-WHr, 2.55-AHr, LI 593554-001 Before disass embling the computer, follow the se steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 52 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Remove the battery: 1. Slide the release latch (1) to release the battery. 2. Pivot the front edge of the battery (2) up and back. 3. Remove the battery (3) from the computer. To insert the battery: 1. Align the tabs on the rear edge of the battery with the notches on the rear edge of the battery bay. 2. Pivot the front edge of the battery down into the battery bay until it is seated . (The battery release latch will automatica lly lock into place.) Optical drive NOTE: The optical d rive spare part kit includes a bezel a nd bracket. Description Spare part number For use with all computer models: Blu-ray Disc R/RW with SuperMulti DVD±R/R W Double-Layer Drive with LightScribe 659876-001 DVD±RW Double-Layer LightScr ibe SuperMult i Drive 659875-001 For use only with computer mo dels equipped with an AMD processor: Blu-ray Disc R/RW with SuperMulti DVD±R/R W Double-Layer Drive with LightScribe 641850-001 DVD±RW Double-Layer LightScr ibe SuperMult i Drive 641851-001 For use only with computer mo dels equipped with an Intel processor: Blu-ray Disc ROM with SuperMulti DVD±R/RW Double-Layer Drive wi th LightScribe 641302-001 Blu-ray Disc R/RW with SuperMulti DVD±R/R W Double-Layer Drive with LightScribe 641303-001 Component replacement proced ures 53
Description Spare part number DVD±RW Double-Layer LightScr ibe SuperMult i Drive 641301-001 Optical Drive Hardware Kit (includes bracket , opt ical drive cable, bezels (2), and screws 641549-001 Before removing the optical drive, follo w these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ). Remove the optical drive: 1. Slide the release latch (1) to release the se rvice cover from the computer. 2. Lift the rear edge of the service c over (2) up and forwa rd until it rests at an angle. 3. Remove the service cove r. The service cove r is available in the Plastics Kit , spare part number 641305-001. 54 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
4. Remove the Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 s crew that secures the optical d rive to the computer. 5. Push on the hard drive bracket (1 ) to release the opt ical drive. 6. Remove the optical drive (2) from the computer. 7. If it is necessary to replace the opt ical drive brac ket, position the optical drive with the rear panel toward yo u. 8. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.0Ã4.0 s crews (1) that secure the bracke t to the optical drive. Component replacement proced ures 55
9. Remove the optical dr ive br acket (2) . The optical drive bracket is included in the Optica l Drive Hardware Kit, spare pa rt number 6415 49-001. Reverse this procedure to reassemble and install the optical dri ve. Hard drive NOTE: The hard drive spar e part kit does not i nclude the bracket, connec tor cable, shield, or scr ews. The bracket, connector c able, shield, and screws ar e included in the Ha rd Drive Hardware Kit, s pare part number 641306 -001. NOTE: The computer can be equipped with up to two ha r d drives. The primary hard drive is installed in the right hard drive bay. The secondary hard drive is installed in the left hard drive ba y. Description Spare part number 1-TB, 5400-rpm 638974-001 750-GB, 7200-rpm 633252-001 750-GB, 5400-rpm 634250-001 640-GB, 7200-rpm 621046-001 500-GB, 7200-rpm for use onl y with computer m odels equipped with an Intel processor 608218-001 320-GB, 7200-rpm 634862-001 and 641672-001 250-GB, 7200-rpm 634861-001 and 635225-001 Hard Drive Hardware Kit (inc ludes bracket, connector cable, shield, and screws) 641306-001 160-GB solid-state drive (does no t in clude bracket, connector cable, shield, or screws) 639405-001 56 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Before removing a hard drive, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ). 5. Remove the service cover (see Optical drive on page 53 ). Remove the hard drive: NOTE: Steps 1 through 3 apply to th e primary hard drive. See steps 4 through 7 for secondary hard drive removal information. 1. Disconnect the hard drive cab le (1) from the system board. 2. Remove the four Philll ips PM2.5Ã5.0 screws (2) that secure the hard drive to the computer. 3. Remove the hard dri ve (3) . 4. Disconnect the hard drive cab le (1) from the system board. 5. Release the har d drive cable (2) from the routing cha nnel built into the base enc losure. 6. Remove the four Philll ips PM2.5Ã5.0 screws (3) that secure the hard drive to the computer. Component replacement proced ures 57
7. Remove the hard dri ve (4) . 8. If it is necessary to replace the hard dr ive bracket or hard drive connector cable: a. Remove the fo ur Phillip s PM3.0Ã4. 0 screws (1) that secure the hard drive bracket to the hard drive. b. Remove the hard drive bracket (2) from the hard drive. 58 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
c. Disconnect the hard drive connector cable (3) from the hard drive. NOTE: The hard drive connector cable used on the secondary hard drive has a longer cable. Reverse this procedure to reassemble and install the mass storage device. Component replacement proced ures 59
RTC battery Description Spare part number RTC battery (includes cable and double-sided tape) 640902-001 Before removing the RTC battery, follow these step s: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ). 5. Remove the service cover (see Optical drive on page 53 ). Remove the RTC battery: 1. Disconnect the RTC battery cable (1) from the system board. 2. Release the clips (2) built into the base enclosur e that secure the R TC battery. 3. Remove the RTC battery (3) . (The RTC battery is at tached to the base enclosure with double- sided tape. ) Reverse this procedure to install the RTC battery. 60 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Memory module NOTE: The computer can be equ ipped with up to tw o memory modules. The primary memory module is installed in the memo ry module socket closest to the system board. Th e expansion memory module is installed in the memor y module socket farthest fro m the system board. Description Spare part number 8 GB (DDR3, 10600, 13 33-MHz, for use only with co mputer models equipped with an Intel processor) 634091-001 4 GB (DDR3, 10600, 1333-M Hz) 621569-001 2 GB (DDR3, 10600, 1333-M Hz) 621565-001 1 GB (DDR3, 10600, 1333-M Hz) 639736-001 Before removing a memory module, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ). 5. Remove the service cover (see Optical drive on page 53 ). Remove the memory module: 1. Spread the retaining tabs (1) on each side of the memo ry module slot to release the memory module. (The memory module tilts up.) Component replacement proced ures 61
2. Remove the memory module (2) by pulling it away from t he slot at an angle. Reverse this procedure to install a memory module. WLAN module Description Spare part number For use with all computer models: Atheros 9485GN 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and 3012 Bluetooth 4.0 Combo Adapter 655795-001 Atheros AR9285 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi Adapter 605560-005 Broadcom 4313 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi Adapter 593836-001 Broadcom 4313 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and 2070 Bluetooth 2.1 E DR Combo adapter (BT3.0HS ready) 600370-001 Broadcom 4313GN 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and 20702 Bluetooth 4.0 Combo Adapter 657325-001 Ralink RT3090BC4 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and Bluetooth 2.1 EDR Combo adapter (BT3.0HS ready) 630705-001 Ralink 5390GN 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi Adapter 630703-001 Realtek RTL8188CE 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and Bluetooth 4.0LE Combo Adapter 65611 9-001 For use only with computer mo dels equipped with an AMD processor: Atheros AR9002WB-1NGB 802.1 1b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi and Bluetooth 2.1EDR Combo Adapter (BT3.0 HS ready) 593127-001 Realtek 8188BC8 802.11a/b/g/n 2 Ã2 WiFi and Bluetooth 3.0 HS Combo Adapter 602993-001 Realtek 8188GN 802.11b/g/n 1Ã1 WiFi Adapter 640926-001 For use only with computer mo dels equipped with an Intel processor: 62 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Description Spare part number Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6230 631956-001 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1000 8 02.11b/g/n 1Ã2 WLAN module 593530-001 Intel Centrino Wireless-N WiM AX 6150 633817-001 CAUTION: To prevent an unresponsive system, replace the wi reless module only with a wireless module authorized for us e in the computer by the governmental agency that regulates wireless devices in your countr y or region. If you r eplac e the module and then rec eive a warning message, remove the module to restore device functi onality, and then cont act technical support. Before removing the WLAN module , follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ). 5. Remove the service cover (see Optical drive on page 53 ). Remove the WLAN module: 1. Disconnect the WLAN antenna cables fr om the terminals on the WLAN module. NOTE: The #1 WLAN antenna cable is connected to the WLAN module Main terminal. The #2 WLAN antenna cable is connected to the WLAN module Aux t erminal. Component replacement proced ures 63
2. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.0Ã4.0 scr ews that secure the WLA N module to the syst em board. (The WLAN module tilts up. ) 3. Remove the WLAN modu le by pulling the mod ule away from the slot at an angle. NOTE: If the WLAN antennas are not connected to the termin als on the WLAN module, the pro tective sleeves must be installed on the antenna conn ec tors, as shown i n the following illustrati on. Reverse this procedure to install the WLAN module. 64 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Keyboard NOTE: The keyboard spare part kit incl udes a keyboard cab le. Description Spare part nu mber Description Spare part number For use with all computer models: For use in Italy 639396-061 For use in Belgium 639396-A41 For use in the Netherlands 639396-B31 For use in Canada 639396-121 For use in Portug al 639396-131 For use in the Czech Republic 639396-221 For use in Russia 639396-251 For use in Denmark, Finland, and Norway 639396-DH1 For use in Slovenia 639396-BA1 For use in France 639396-051 For use in Spain 639396-071 For use in Germany 639396-041 For use in Switzerland 639396-BG1 For use in Greece 639396-DJ1 For use in the United Kingdom and Singapore 639396-031 For use in Hungary 639396-211 For use in the United States 639396-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an Intel processor: For use in Saudi Arabia 639396-171 For use in Bulgaria 639396-261 For use in South Korea 639396-AD1 For use in India 639396-D61 For use in Taiwan 639396 -AB1 For use in Israel 639396-BB1 For use in Thailand 639396 -281 For use in Japan 639396-291 For use in Turkey 639396-141 Before removing the keybo ard, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ). 5. Remove the opti cal dr ive (see Optical drive on page 53 ). Component replacement proced ures 65
Remove the keyboard: 1. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.5Ã5.0 scr ews th at secure the keyboard to the computer. 2. Rest the computer on its right side. 3. Open the computer. 4. Insert a screw driver o r similar thin tool into the keyboard screw hole, a nd then press on the ba ck of the keyboard until the keyboard disengages from the computer. 5. Turn the compu ter right-side up with the front toward you. 66 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
6. Lift the rear edge of the keyboard (1) , and then slide the k eyboard (2 ) back until the keyboard cable connector is accessible . 7. Release the zero in sertion force (ZIF) connector (1) to which the keyboa rd cable is attac hed, and then disconnect the keybo ard cable (2) from the system board. 8. Remove the ke yboard. Reverse this procedure to install the keyboard. Component replacement proced ures 67
Top cover NOTE: The top cover spare part kit includes the To uchPad and Tou chPad cable and TouchPad button board and TouchPad button board ca ble. Description Spare part number In steel gray finish 649947-001 In regular finish 639388-001 Before removing the top cover, follow these s teps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) When replacing the top cover, be sure that the fo llowing co mponents ar e removed f rom the defecti ve top cover and installed o n the replacement top cover: â Fingerprint reader board and cab le (see Fingerprint reader board on page 72 ) â Power button board and cable (see Power button board on page 74 ) â Display lid switch bo ard a nd cable (see Display lid switch board on page 76 ) Remove the top cover: 1. Close the compu ter. 2. Turn the comput er upside down , with the front toward you. 68 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
3. Remove the eight Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screws that secure the top cover to the computer. 4. Remove the following screws: (1) One Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw in the rear left corner of the base enclosure (2) Three Philllips PM2.5Ã3.0 screws in the optical drive bay (3) Two Phillips PM2.5Ã9.0 screws on th e ri ght side of the base enclosure 5. Turn the compu ter right-side up, with the front toward you. 6. Open the computer. Component replacement proced ures 69
7. Release the ZIF connectors to whi ch the following cabl es are attached, and then dis connect the cables from the system board: (1) Power butto n board c able (2) TouchPad button board cable (3) Fingerprint reader board cable (4) USB board cable 8. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.5Ã5.0 scr ews th at secure the top cover to the computer. NOTE: As you prepare to rele ase the top cover, make su re the USB board (2) cable feed s freely through th e opening (3) in the top cover. 9. Lift the rear edge of the top cover (1) until the left and right sides disengage from the base enclosure. 70 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
10. Remove the top cover (2) . Reverse this procedure to install the top cover. Component replacement proced ures 71
Fingerprint reader board NOTE: The fingerprin t reader board does not includ e the fingerpri nt reader bo ard cable. T he fingerprint reader board cable is included in the Ca ble Kit, spare part numb er 639402-001. Description Spare part number Fingerprint reader board (includes bracket) 640427-001 Before removing the fingerprint re ade r board, fol low th ese steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) â Top cover (see Top cover on page 68 ) Remove the fingerprint reader board, bracket, and cabl e: 1. Turn the to p cover ups ide down , with the front toward you. 2. Release the fin gerprint reader board cable (1) from the surface of the top cover. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.0Ã2. 0 screws (2) that secure the fingerprint reader board and bracket to t he top cove r. 72 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
3. Remove the fingerprint reader board bracket (3) , board (4) , and ca ble. Reverse this proc edure to install the fingerprint re ader boar d, bracket, a nd cable. Component replacement proced ures 73
Power button board NOTE: The power button board does no t include the power button boa rd cable. The power button board cable is included in the Cabl e Kit, spare part number 639402-001. Description Spare part number Power button board 640898-001 Before removing the powe r button board, follow these s teps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) â Top cover (see Top cover on page 68 ) Remove the p ower button bo ard: 1. Turn the to p cover ups ide down , with the front toward you. 2. Release the power button board cable from the tab (1) on the top cover. 3. Disconnect the display lid switch board cable (2) from the power button board. 4. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.0Ã4.0 s crews (3) that secure the power button board to the top cove r. 74 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
5. Remove the power button board and cable (4) . Reverse this procedure to install the power button board. Component replacement proced ures 75
Display lid switch board Description Spare part number Display lid switch board (includes cable) 647270-001 Before removing the display lid s witch board, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) â Top cover (see Top cover on page 68 ) Remove the display lid switch board: 1. Turn the to p cover ups ide down , with the front toward you. 2. Disconnect the dis play lid switch cable (1) from the power button board. 3. Release the display lid swi tch board cable from the clips (2) built into the top cover. 76 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
4. Release the disp lay lid switch bo ard from the clips (3) built into the top cover. 5. Remove the display lid switch board and cab le. Reverse this procedure to insta ll the display l id switch bo ard and ca ble. Component replacement proced ures 77
SD Card reader board NOTE: The SD Card reader bo ard does not include the SD C ard reader bo ard cable. The SD Card reader bo ard cable is included in the Cable Ki t, spare part number 639402-001. Description Spare part number SD Card reader board 640899-001 Before removing the SD Card re ader board, fo llow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) â Top cover (see Top cover on page 68 ) Remove the S D Card read er boar d and cabl e: 1. Release the ZIF conne ctor to which the SD Card reader board cable is connecte d, and then disconnect the SD Card reader board cable (1) from the system board. 2. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.5Ã5.0 s crews (2) that sec ure the SD Card reader board to the base enclosure. 78 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
3. Remove the SD Ca rd reader board (3) and cable. Reverse this procedure to install the SD Card reader board and cable. Component replacement proced ures 79
Bluetooth module NOTE: This section applies only to computer mo dels equipped with an Intel pr ocessor. NOTE: The Bluetooth module spare part kit does not i nclude the Blueto oth module cable. T he Bluetooth mod ule cable is availabl e using spa re part numbe r 647271-001. Description Spare part number EDR v.4.0 655792-001 EDR v.3.0 537921-001 Before removing the Bluetooth module and cable, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) â Top cover (see Top cover on page 68 ) Remove the Bluetooth module and cable: 1. Disconnect the Bluetooth mod ule cable (1) from the system board. 2. Release the Blueto oth module cable (2) from the clips built into the speak er and base enclosure. 80 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
3. Release the Bluetooth mo dule (3) from the clip built into the base enclosure. 4. Remove the Bluetooth module and cable. 5. If it is necessary to replace the Bluetooth module ca ble, disc onnect th e cable from the Bluetooth module. Reverse this procedure to instal l the Bluetooth module and cable. Component replacement proced ures 81
USB board NOTE: The USB board does not includ e the USB board cable. T he USB board cable is included in the Cable Kit, spare pa r t number 639402 -001. Description Spare part number USB board 646434-001 Before removing the USB board, follow the se steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) â Top cover (see Top cover on page 68 ) Remove the USB board: 1. Detach the USB board cable (1) from the base enclosu re. (The USB board cab le is attached to the base enclosure with double-side d tape.) 2. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.5Ã5.0 s crews (2) that secure the USB board to the base enclosure. 82 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
3. Remove the USB board (3) and cable . Reverse this procedure to install the USB board and ca ble. Component replacement proced ures 83
Front speakers Description Spare part number Front speakers (includes front left and right speakers and cables) 639394-001 Before removing the front speakers, f ollow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) â Top cover (see Top cover on page 68 ) â USB boar d (see USB board on page 82 ) Remove the front speakers and cables: 1. Disconnect the front speaker cable (1 ) from the system bo ard. 2. Release the front speaker cabl e from the clips (2) and routing chan nel built into the base enclosure. 84 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
3. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.5Ã5.0 s crews (3) that secure the front right speaker to the base enclosure. 4. Rotate the fron t left sp eaker (1) cloc kwise to release it fr om under the sy stem board. 5. Remove the front left speaker (2) . 6. Remove the front right speaker (3) . Reverse this procedure to install the front speak ers and cables. Component replacement proced ures 85
Power connector cable NOTE: The power connector cable is includ ed in th e Cable Kit, spare par t number 639402- 001. Before removing the power connector cable, follow these step s: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) â Top cover (see Top cover on page 68 ) Remove the power co nnector cabl e: 1. Release the power connector cable from the clips (1) built into the base enclosur e. 2. Disconnect the powe r connector cable (2) from the system bo ard. 3. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.0Ã4.0 s crews (3) that secure the power connector to the base enclosure. 4. Remove the power connector (4) from t he base enclosure. Reverse this procedure to install the power connector ca ble. 86 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
System board NOTE: The system boa rd spare part kit includ es replacement thermal materi al. Description Spare part number For use only with computer mo dels equipped with an AMD processor: For use only with computer models equipped wit h the RS880M chipset and the HD6650 graphics subsystem with 1.0-GB of discrete memory 658833-001 For use only with computer models equipped wit h the RS880M chipset and the HD6470 graphics subsystem with 512-MB of discrete memory 658832-001 For use only with computer models equipped wi th the RS880M chipset and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory 658831-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with the 6750 chipset and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory (incl udes 1024-MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 645386-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with the 6650 chipset and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory (incl udes 1024-MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 641576-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with the 6490 chipset and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory (incl udes 512- MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 645385-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with the 6470 chipset and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory (incl udes 512- MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 641575-001 System board for use only with computer models equipped with a graphics subsystem with UMA memory (includes repl acement thermal mat erial) 645384-001 For use only with computer mo dels equipped with an Intel processor: For use only with computer models equipped with the Intel H M65 chipset, an Intel Quad Core processor, and a gr aphics subsystem with 2.0-GB of dis crete memory 655488-001 For use only with computer models equipped with the Intel H M65 chipset, an Intel Dual Core processor, and a gr aphics subsystem with 2.0-GB of dis crete memory 655489-001 For use only with computer models equipped with the Intel H M65 chipset, an Intel Quad Core processor, and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory 656292-001 For use only with computer models equipped with the HM65 chipset, an Inte l Dual Core processor, and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory 651906-001 For use only with computer mo dels equipped with the 6770 chipset and an Intel Quad Core processor (BACO, includes 1024-M B of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 659093-001 For use only with computer mo dels equipped with the 6770 chipset and an Intel Quad Core processor (includes 1024-MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 639391-001 For use only with computer mo dels equipped with the 6770 chipset and an Intel Dual Co re processor (BACO, includes 1024-MB of disc rete graphics subsys tem memory) 659094-001 For use only with computer mo dels equipped with the 6770 chipset and an Intel Dual Co re processor (includes 1024-MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 639392-001 For use only with computer mo dels equipped with the 6490 chipset and an Intel Quad Core processor (BACO, includes 1024-M B of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 659095-001 Component replacement proced ures 87
Description Spare part number For use only with computer mo dels equipped with the 6490 chipset and an Intel Quad Core processor (includes 1024-MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 639389-001 For use only with computer mo dels equipped with the 6490 chipset and an Intel Dual Co re processor (BACO, includes 1024-MB of disc rete graphics subsys tem memory) 659096-001 For use only with computer mo dels equipped with the 6490 chipset and an Intel Dual Co re processor (includes 1024-MB of discrete graphics subsystem memory) 639390-001 Thermal Material Kit (includes re placement thermal pads and paste): For use only with computer models equipped wi th an AMD A8, A6, A4, or E2 processor and a graphics subsystem wi th discrete memory 654111-001 For use only with computer models equipped wi th an AMD A8, A6, A4, or E2 processor and a graphics subsystem with UM A memory 654112-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an AMD Athlon, Phenom, or Turion proces sor and a graphics subsystem wi th discrete memory 640457-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an AMD Athlon, Phenom, or Turion proces sor and a graphics subsyste m with UMA memory 640456-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an Intel pro cessor and a graphics subsystem with 2-GB of discrete memory 650801-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an Intel pro cessor and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory 641493-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an Intel pro cessor and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory 641492-001 Before removing the system board, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â WLAN module (see WLAN module on page 62 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) â Top cover (see Top cover on page 68 ) 88 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
When replacing the system board, be sure that the following components are removed from the defective system board and installe d on the replacement system board: â Memory module (see Memory module on page 61 ) â RTC batte ry (see RTC battery on page 60 ) â Fan and heat sink (see Fan/heat sink assembly on pag e 91 ) â Processor (see Processor on page 95 ) Remove the system board: 1. Close the compu ter. 2. Turn the comput er upside down , with the front toward you. 3. Disconnect the rear spea ker cable (1) and the optical drive cabl e (2) from the system boar d. 4. Turn the computer ri ght side up, with the front toward you. 5. Open the computer. Component replacement proced ures 89
6. Disconnect the following c ables from the system b oard: (1) Display panel cable (2) Webcam/microphone cable (3) Subwoofer cable (4) Power connector cable 7. Remove the five Phillips PM2.5Ã 5.0 screws that secure the system bo ard to the base enclosure. 8. Flex the left side (1) of the base enclosur e outward to allow the audio connector s (2) to clear the openings in the base enclosure. 9. Lift the front edge of the system board (3 ) until it rests at an angle. 90 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
10. Remove the system board (4) by sliding it up and forward at an angle. Reverse this procedure to install the sy stem board. Fan/heat sink assembly NOTE: The fan/heat si nk assembly spare p art kit includes replacement thermal material. Description Spare part number For use only with computer models equipped with the AMD A70M chipset and a graphics subsys tem with discrete memory 650057-001 For use only with computer models equipped with the AMD A70M chipset and a graphics subsys tem with UMA memory 650056-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an AMD proces sor and a graphics subsystem with discrete memory 641578-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an AMD proces sor and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory 639404-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an Intel pro cessor and a graphics subsystem with 2.0-GB of discrete memory 653627-001 For use only with computer models equipped with an Intel pro cessor and a graphics subsystem with UMA memory 653628-001 For use only with computer mo dels equipped with an Intel processor 64090 3-001 NOTE: To properly ventilate the computer, allow at least 7. 6 cm (3 in) of clearance on the left side of the computer. The computer uses an electric fan for ventilation. The fan is co ntrolled by a temperature sensor and is designed to turn on automaticall y when high temperature conditions exist. These conditions are affect ed by high external te mperatures, system power consumption, power management/battery conservation configurations, battery fast char ging, and software re quirements. Exhaust air is displaced through the ventilation grill located on the left side of the computer. Component replacement proced ures 91
Before removing the fan/heat si nk assembly, follow these ste ps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â WLAN module (see WLAN module on page 62 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) â Top cover (see Top cover on page 68 ) â System board (see System bo ard on page 87 ) Remove the fan/heat sink assembly: 1. Disconnect the fan cable from the sy stem board. 2. Turn the system board up side down, with the front toward you. NOTE: Steps 3 and 4 apply to computer models equi pped with an AMD processo r. See steps 5 and 6 for fan/heat sink asse mbly removal infor mation for comp uter models equip ped with an Intel processor. 3. Following the 1 through 9 sequence indicated on the heat sink, loosen th e nine captive screws (1) that secure the fan/heat sink asse mbly to the system board. NOTE: Due to the adhesive quality of the the rmal ma terial located between the heat sink and system board components, it may be necessary to move the fan/heat sink assembly from side to side to detach it. 92 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
4. Remove the fan/heat sink assembly (2) . NOTE: The thermal material must be thoroughly clea ned from the surface s of the heat s ink and the system board components each time the fa n/ heat si nk assembl y is removed. Re placeme nt thermal material is included with the f an/heat sink asse mbly, processor, and sy stem board spare part kits. â Thermal paste is used on the proces sor (1) and the heat sink section (2) that services it â A thermal pad is used on the Northbridge chip (3) and the heat sink sectio n (4) that services it â A thermal pad is used on the graphics sub system chip (5) and the heat sink section (6) that services it (only on computer models equipped with a graphics subsystem with discrete memory) Component replacement proced ures 93
NOTE: Steps 5 and 6 apply to c omputer mod els equi pped with an Intel pr ocessor. See steps 3 and 4 for fan and heat sink removal informat ion for computer models equipped with a n AMD processor. 5. Following the 1 through 8 sequence indicated on the heat sink, loosen the eight screws (1) that secure the fan/heat sink assembly to the system board. NOTE: Due to the adhesive quality of the the rmal ma terial located between the heat sink and system board components, it may be necessary to move the fan/heat sink assembly from side to side to detach it. 6. Remove the fan/heat sink assembly (2) . NOTE: The thermal material must be thoroughly clea ned from the surface s of the heat s ink and the system board components each time the fan/ heat sink assembly is removed. Replacement thermal material is included with the fan/heat sink assembly, processor, and sy stem board spare part kits . â A thermal pad is used on the capa citors (1) and the heat sink section (2) that services them â Thermal paste is used on the proces sor (3) and the heat sink section (4) that services it â A thermal pad is used on the graphics sub system chip (5) and the heat sink section (6) that services it (only on computer models equipped with a graphics subsystem with discrete memory) 94 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Reverse this procedure to install the fan/heat sink as sembly. Processor NOTE: The processor sp are part kit includes re placement thermal material. Description Spare part number AMD A8-3530MX 2.60 -GHz processor, (1.90-GHz FS B, 4.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 45 W) 653364-001 AMD A8-3510MX 2.50 -GHz processor (1.80-GHz FSB, 4.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 45 W) 653358-001 AMD A8-3500M 2.40 -GHz processor (1.50-GHz FSB, 4.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 35 W) 653350-001 AMD A6-3410MX 2.30 -GHz processor (1.60-GHz FSB, 2.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 45 W) 653357-001 AMD A6-3400M 2.30 -GHz processor (1.40-GHz FSB, 4.0-MB L2 cache, quad core, 35 W) 653349-001 AMD A4-3310MX 2.50 -GHz processor (2.10-GHz FSB, 2.0-MB L2 cache, dual core, 45 W) 653356-001 AMD A4-3300M 2.50 -GHz processor (1.90-GHz FSB, 2.0 -MB L2 cache, dual core, 35 W) 653348-001 AMD E2-3000M 2.40-GHz processo r (1.80-GHz FSB, 4.0-MB L2 cach e, quad core, 35 W) 653351-001 AMD Athlon II N370 2.50-GHz proces sor (1.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.2-GT/ second, dual core, 35 W) 634686-001 AMD Athlon II P340 2.20-GHz proces sor (1.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.2-GT/ second, dual core, 25 W) 616343-001 AMD Athlon II P360 2.30-GHz proces sor (2.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 25 W) 636635-001 AMD Phenom II N850 2.20-G Hz processor (1.5-MB L2 ca che, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, triple core, 35 W) 616345-001 AMD Phenom II P960 1.80-GHz processor ( 2.0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, quad core, 25 W) 634689-001 AMD Phenom II P860 2.00-GHz processor ( 1.5-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, triple core, 25 W) 634688-001 Component replacement proced ures 95
Description Spare part number AMD Phenom II P650 2.60-GHz processor ( 2.0-MB L2 cache, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 25 W) 634687-001 AMD Phenom II N660 3.00-GHz processor (2.0-MB L2 cache, 1333-MH z FSB, 3.6-GT/second, dual core, 35 W) 635494-001 AMD Phenom II N870 2.30-G Hz processor (1.5-MB L2 ca che, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, triple core, 35 W) 635495-001 AMD Phenom II N970 2.20-G Hz processor (2.0-MB L2 ca che, 1333-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, quad core, 35 W) 635496-001 AMD Turion II N570 2.70-GHz processor (2 .0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 35 W) 634690-001 AMD Turion II N560 2.50-GHz processor (2 .0-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB, 3.6-GT/ second, dual core, 35 W) 634691-001 Intel Quad Core i7-2820QM 2.30-GHz (turbo up to 3.10 -GHz) processor (1600-MHz FSB, 8-MB L3 cache, 45 W) 634694-001 Intel Quad Core i7-2720QM 2.20-GHz (turbo up to 3.00 -GHz) processor (1600-MHz FSB, 6-MB L3 cache, 45 W) 631254-001 Intel Quad Core i7-2630QM 2.00-GHz (turbo up to 2.90 -GHz) processor (1600-MHz FSB, 6-MB L3 cache, 45 W) 635501-001 Intel Dual Core i7-2620M 2.70-GHz (turbo up to 3.40-GH z) processor (1333-MHz FSB, 4-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 631252-001 Intel Dual Core i5-2540M 2.60-GHz (turbo up to 3.30-GH z) processor (1333-MHz FSB, 3-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 631255-001 Intel Dual Core i5-2520M 2.50-GHz (turbo up to 3.20-GH z) processor (1333-MHz FSB, 3-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 631253-001 Intel Dual Core i5-2430M 2.40-GHz (SC turbo up to 3.00-GHz) processor (3 .0-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 653341-001 Intel Dual Core i5-2410M 2.30-GHz (turbo up to 2.90-GHz) processor (3-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 638039-001 Intel Dual Core i3-2350M 2.30-GHz process or (3.0-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 653340-001 Intel Dual Core i3-2330M 2.20-GHz process or (3.0-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 653339-001 Intel Dual Core i3-2310M 2.10-GHz process or (3-MB L3 cache, 35 W) 638037-001 Intel Pentium B950 TJ85 2.10-GHz proces sor (2.0-MB L3 cache, dual core, 35 W) 653338-001 Intel Pentium B940 TJ85 2.00-GHz proces sor (2.0-MB L3 cache, dual core, 35 W) 653337-001 Before removing the pr ocessor, follow th ese steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 96 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â WLAN module (see WLAN module on page 62 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) â Top cover (see Top cover on page 68 ) â System board (see System bo ard on page 87 ) â Fan/heat sink assembly (see Fan/heat sink assembly on page 91 ) Remove the processor: 1. Use a flat-bladed screw driver (1) to turn the processor lo cking screw one-half turn counterclockwis e (2) , until you hear a click. Component replacement proced ures 97
2. Lift the processor (3) straight up, and remove it. NOTE: The gold triangle (4) on the processo r must be aligned with the triangle icon embo ssed on the processor socket when you install the processor. Reverse this procedure to install the processor. 98 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Optical drive cable NOTE: The optical d rive cable is i ncluded in the Optical Drive Hardware Kit, spare part numb er 641549-001. The optical dr ive cable in cludes the optical drive connector. Before removing the optical drive cabl e, follow these ste ps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) â Top cover (see Top cover on page 68 ) â System board (see System bo ard on page 87 ) Remove the optical drive cable: 1. Release the optic al drive cabl e (1) from the clips and routing channel built into the base enclosure. 2. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.0Ã7.0 s crews (2) that secure optical drive connector to the base enclosure. 3. Remove the optica l drive cable (2) from the base enclosure. Reverse this procedure to install the optical drive ca ble. Component replacement proced ures 99
Rear speakers Description Spare part number Rear speakers (include rear left and right speakers , grill, and cable) 641304-001 Before removing the rear speakers , follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â WLAN module (see WLAN module on page 62 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) â Top cover (see Top cover on page 68 ) â System board (see System bo ard on page 87 ) Remove the rear sp eakers and cables: 1. Close the compu ter. 2. Turn the comput er upside down , with the front toward you. 100 Chapter 4 Removal and rep lacement procedures
3. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.5Ã5.0 s crews (1) and the three Phillips PM2.5Ã3.0 screws (2) that secure the rear speakers to the computer. 4. Turn the computer ri ght side up, with the front toward you. 5. Open the computer. 6. Release the rear speaker cable from the cli ps (1) and the routing channel built into the base enclosure. Remove the re ar speaker (2) . Reverse this procedure to install the rear speakers and c ables. Component replacement proced ures 101
Subwoofer Description Spare part number Subwoofer (includes isolators and cable) 639393-001 Before removing the subwoo fer, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â WLAN module (see WLAN module on page 62 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) â Top cover (see Top cover on page 68 ) â System board (see System bo ard on page 87 ) â Rear speakers (see Rear speakers on page 100 ) Remove the rear subwoofer and cables: 1. Release the subwoofe r cable (1) from the clips and routing chann el built into the base enclos ure. 2. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.0Ã4.0 s crews (2) an d the two Phillips PM2.0Ã11.0 screws (3) that secure the subwoofer to the computer. 102 Chapter 4 Removal and rep lacement procedures
3. Remove the subwoofer (4) and cables. Reverse this procedure to install the subwoofer and cables. Display assembly NOTE: The display asse mbly includes a webcam, tw o microphones, an d wireless antenna transceivers and cables. Description Spare part number 17.3-in, AntiGlare, FHD, LED display ass embly in aluminum finish 656295-001 17.3-in, AntiGlare, FHD, LED display assembly in steel gray finish 65629 6-001 17.3-in, BrightView, HD , LED, LVDS displ ay assembly in steel gray finish 654442-001 17.3-in, BrightView, HD , LED, LVDS displ ay assembly in regular finish 639397-001 Before removing the display asse mbly, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the comput er. 3. Disconnect the powe r from the computer by firs t unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC adapter from the comput er. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 52 ), and then remove the following components: â Optical drive (see Optical d rive on page 53 ) â Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 56 ) â WLAN module (see WLAN module on page 62 ) â Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 65 ) Component replacement proced ures 103
â Top cover (see Top cover on page 68 ) â System board (see System bo ard on page 87 ) â Rear speakers (see Rear speakers on page 100 ) Remove the display assembly: 1. Release the wirel ess antenna cables from the clips (1) and the opening in the base enclosure. CAUTION: Support the display assembly when removing the following screws. Failure to support the displa y assembly can result in damage to the display as sembly and othe r computer components. 2. Remove the six Phillip s PM2.5Ã5.0 s crews (2) and (3) that secure the display assembly to the comp uter. NOTE: The middle screw (3) on the left hinge secures the di splay panel cable ground loop to the hinge. 3. Remove the disp lay assembly (4) . 104 Chapter 4 Removal and rep lacement procedures
4. If it is necessary to replace the disp lay bezel or any of the display assembly subcomponent s: a. Remove the screw covers (1) and t he two Phillips PM2.5Ã5. 0 screw s (2) that secure the display bezel to t he display assembly . b. Flex the inside edges of the top edge (1) , the left and right sides (2) , and the bottom edge (3) of the display bezel until the bezel disengages from the display enclosure. c. Remove the display bezel (4) . The display bezel is available using spare p art number 639398-001. Component replacement proced ures 105
5. If it is necessary to re place the di splay panel: a. Remove the ten P hillips PM 2.5Ã5.0 screws that secure the display panel to the display enclosure. b. Lift the top edge of the display panel, a nd then swing it up and forward until it rests upside down in front of the display enclosure. 106 Chapter 4 Removal and rep lacement procedures
c. Release the adhe sive strip (1) that secures the display panel ca ble to the display panel, and then disconnect t he display panel cable (2) from the display panel. d. Remove the display panel. The display panel is available usi ng the following spare part numbers: â 656297-001â 17.3-in, Anti Glare, FHD, LED, dis play panel for use o nly with compu ter models equipped with an Intel p rocessor â 641629-001â17 .3-in, BrightView, HD , LED, LVDS display panel for us e with all computer models 6. If it is necessary to replac e the webcam/microphone module: a. Detach and relea se the webcam/microphone module (1) as far as the webcam/ microphone module cable allows. (The webc am/microphone module is attached to the display enclosure with double-sided tape.) b. Disconnect the webcam/microphone modul e (2) from the webcam/m icrophone module. Component replacement proced ures 107
c. Remove the webcam/microphone module (3) . The webcam/microphone module is available using spare part number 6393 87-001. 7. If it is necessary to re place the displa y hinges: a. Remove the eight Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screws (1) that secure the di splay hinges to the display panel. b. Remove the display hinges (2) . The display hinges include the display hinges and brack ets and are available using s pare part number 639403-001. 8. If it is necessary to replace the di splay panel cab le: a. Disconnect the display logo light cable (1) from the di splay panel cable. b. Release the display panel cabl e (2) from the clips (3) built into the disp lay encl osure. 108 Chapter 4 Removal and rep lacement procedures
c. Remove the display panel cable (4) . The display panel ca ble includes the webca m/ microphone module cable and is available in the Di splay Cable Kit, spare part number 640900-001. 9. If it is necessary to replace the wireless antenna cables and transceiver s: a. Release the wireless antenna transceivers (1 ) from the display enclosure. (The wirele ss antenna transcei vers are attached to t he display enclosure with double-sided tape.) b. Release the wireless antenna cables from the clips (2) built into the display enclosure. Component replacement proced ures 109
c. Remove the wireless a ntenna cables and transc eivers (3) . The wireless antenna cables and transceivers are a vailable in the Antenna Kit, spare p art number 639401-001. Reverse this procedure to reassemble and install the display assembly. 110 Chapter 4 Removal and rep lacement procedures
5 Setup Utility (BIOS) and System Diagnostics Using Setup Utility Setup Utility, or Basic Input /Output System (BIOS) , controls communication between all the input and output device s on the system (such a s disk drives , display, keyboard, mouse, and printer). Setup Utility includes settings for the type s of peripherals i nsta lled, the startup sequence of the computer, and the amount of system and extended memory. NOTE: Use extreme care when making changes in Setup Utility. Errors can prevent the computer f rom operating properly. Starting Setup Utility NOTE: An external keyboard or mouse connected to a USB port can be used with Setup Utility only if USB legacy support is enabled . To start Setup Utili ty, follow these steps: 1. Turn on or restart the com puter, and then press esc while the âPre ss the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displaye d at the bottom of the screen. 2. Press f10 to enter Setup Utility. Changing the language of Setup Utility 1. Start Setup Utility. 2. Use the arrow keys to select System Configuration > Language , and then pr ess ente r . 3. Use the arrow keys to select a lang uage, and then press enter . 4. When a confirmation prompt with your language selected is displayed, press enter . 5. To save your change and exit Setup Ut ility, use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Saving Changes , and then press enter . Your change tak es effect immedi ately. Using Setup Utility 111
Navigating and select ing in Setup Utility To navigate and select in Setup Utilit y, follow these steps: 1. Turn on or restart the com puter, and then press esc while the âPre ss the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displaye d at the bottom of the screen. â To select a menu or a menu item, use the t ab key and the keyboard arrow keys and then press enter , or use a po inting device to cl ick the item. â To scroll up and down, click the up arrow or the down arrow in th e upper-right co rner of the screen, or use the up arrow ke y or the down arrow key. â To close open dialog bo xes and return to the main Se tup Utility screen, pres s esc , and then follow the on- screen instructions. NOTE: You can use either a poin ting devic e (TouchPa d, pointing sti ck, or USB m ouse) or the keyboard to navigate and make sele ctions in Setu p Utility. 2. Press f10 to enter Setup Utility. To exit Setup Utility me nus, choo se one of the following methods: â To exit Setup Utility menus without saving your changes, click the Exit icon in the lower-lef t corner of the screen, and then follow the on-scree n instructions. â or â Use the tab key and the arrow keys to select File > Ignore Changes and Exit , and then press enter . â To save your changes an d exit Setup Utility menus, cl ick the Save icon in the lower-left corner o f the screen, and then follow the o n-screen in structions. â or â Use the tab key and the arrow keys to select File > Save Changes and Exit , and then press enter . Your changes go into ef fect when the computer resta rts. Displaying system information 1. Start Setup Utility. 2. Select the Main menu. System information such as the system time and date, and identification information about the computer is displayed. 3. To exit Setup Utility without changing an y settings, use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Discarding Changes , and then press enter . 112 Chapter 5 Setup Utility (BIOS) and System Diagnostics
Restoring factory settings in Setup Utility NOTE: Restoring de faults will not change the hard drive mode. To return all settings in Setup Utility to the values that were set at the factory, f ollow these steps: 1. Turn on or restart the com puter, and then press esc while the âPre ss the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displaye d at the bottom of the screen. 2. Press f10 to enter Setup Utility. 3. Use a pointi ng device or the arrow keys to select File > Restore Defaults . 4. Follow the on-screen instructions. 5. To save your changes and exit, click the Save icon in the lower-left corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. â or â Use the arrow keys to select File > Save Changes and Exit , and then press enter . Your changes go into ef fect when the computer resta rts. NOTE: Your password settings and security s ettings are not changed when you rest ore the factory settings. Exiting Setup Utility â To exit Setup Utility and save your changes from the current se ssion: If the Setup Utility menus are not visible, press esc to return to the menu display. Then use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Saving Changes , and then pr ess en ter . â To exit Setu p Utility without saving your changes fr om the current sessi on: If the Setup Utility menus are not visible, press esc to return to the menu display. Then use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Discarding Changes , and then press enter . Updating the BIOS Updated versions of the BIOS may be available on the HP Web site. Most BIOS updates on the HP Web site are p ackaged in compres sed files called SoftPa qs . Some download packages contain a file named Re adme.txt, which contains information regarding installing and troubleshooting the file. Using Setup Utility 113
Determining the BIOS version To determine whether available BIOS updates contain later BIOS versio ns than those currentl y installed on the computer, you need to know the vers ion of the system BIOS currently installed. BIOS version information (also kno wn as ROM date and System B IOS) can be displayed by pressing fn esc (if you are already in Window s) or by using S etup Utility. 1. Start Setup Utility. 2. Use a pointi ng device or the arrow keys to select File > System Information . 3. To exit Setup Utility without saving your changes, click the Exit icon in the lower-left corner of the screen, and then follow the o n-screen in structions. â or â Use the tab key and the arrow keys to select File > Ignore Changes and Exit , and then press enter . Downloading a BIOS update CAUTION: To reduce the risk of d amage to the comput er or an unsuccessful installation, download and install a BIOS update only when the computer is connect ed to reliable external power using the AC adapter. Do not download or install a BIOS update while the computer is running on battery power, docked in an optional docking d e vice, or connected t o an optional power source. Du ring the download and installation, follow these i nstructions: Do not disconnect power fr om the computer by unplug ging the power cord from the AC outlet. Do not shut down the computer or initiate Sleep or Hibernation. Do not insert, remove, co nnect, or dis c onnect any device, cable, or cord. 1. Windows 7 âSelect Start > Help and Support > Maintain . Windows X P âSelect Start > H elp and Support , and then select the softwa re and drivers update. 2. Follow the on-scre en instructions to identify your co mputer and acces s the BIOS upda te you want to downl oad. 3. At the download area , follow these st eps: a. Identify the BIOS update that is later than the BIOS version currently installed on yo ur computer. Make a note of the da te, name, or other identifier. You may need this information to locate the update later, after it has been downloaded to your hard drive. b. Follow the on-screen instructions to download your selection to the hard drive. Make a note of the path to the location on your hard dr ive where the BIOS up date is downloaded. You will need to access this path when you are ready to install the update. NOTE: If you connect your computer to a networ k, consult the network administra tor before installing any software updates, especial ly system BIOS updates. 114 Chapter 5 Setup Utility (BIOS) and System Diagnostics
BIOS installati on procedures vary. Follow any instructions that are display ed on the screen after the download is complete. If no instructions are di splayed, follow these s teps: 1. Windows 7 âOpen Windows Explo rer by selecting Start > Computer . Windows X P âOpen Windows Explorer by selecting Start > My Computer . 2. Double-click y our hard drive desig nation. The hard drive designat ion is typically Local Disk (C:). 3. Using the hard drive path you reco rded earlier, open the f older on your hard drive tha t contains the updat e. 4. Double-click the fi le that ha s an .exe extension (for e xample, filename.exe ). The BIOS installation begins. 5. Complete the installation by foll owing the on-screen in structions. NOTE: After a message on the screen repo rts a successful installation , you can delete the downloaded file from your hard drive. Using System Diagnostics System Diagnostics allows you to run diagnostic tests to determine if the computer hardware is functioning properly. The followi ng diagnostic tests are available in System Diag nostics: â Start-up testâThis test analyzes the ma in comp uter components that are r equired to start the comp uter. â Run-in testâThis test re peats the start-up test and checks for intermittent pr ob lems that the s tart-up test does not detect. â Hard disk testâThis test analyzes the physical condition of the ha rd drive, and then checks all data in every s ector of the hard drive. If the test det ects a damaged sector, it attempts to move the data to a good sector. â Memory testâThis test analy zes the physical condition of the me mory modules. If it reports an error, replac e the memo ry modules immediately. â Battery testâThis test analyzes the condition of th e battery. If the bat tery fails the test, contact HP support to report the issue and purchase a repl acement battery. You can also view system info rmation and error logs in the System Di agnostics window. To start System Diagnostics: 1. Turn on or restart the computer. While the âP ress the ESC key for St artup Menuâ message is displayed in the lower-left corner of the sc reen, press esc . When the Startup Menu is displayed, press f2 . 2. Click the diagn ostic test you want to run, and then follo w the on-s creen instructio ns. NOTE: If you need to stop a diagnostics te st while it is run ning, press esc . Using System Diagnostics 115
6 Specifications Device specifications Metric U.S. Dimensions Depth 27.5 cm 10.8 in Width 41.6 cm 16.4 in Height (front to rear) 3.2- 3.6 cm 1.2-1.4 in Weight 3.43 kg 7.57 lb Input power Operating voltage 18.5 V dc @ 3.5 A - 65 W or 19 V dc @ 4.74 A - 90 W Operating current 3.5 A or 4.74 A Temperature Operating 5°C to 35°C 41°F to 95°F Nonoperating -20°C to 6° C -4°F to 140°F Relative humidity (noncondensing ) Operating 10% to 90% Nonoperating 5% to 95% Maximum altitude (unpressurized) Operating -15 m to 3,048 m -50 ft to 10,000 ft Nonoperating -15 m to 12,192 m -50 ft to 40,000 ft NOTE: Applicable product safety standards spec ify thermal limits for plastic surfaces . The device operates well within this range of temperatures. 116 Chapter 6 Specificatio ns
17.3-inch display specifications Metric U.S. Dimensions Height 21.7 cm 8.54 in Width 38.4 cm 15.12 in Diagonal 43.9 cm 17.29 in Number of colo rs Up to 16.8 million Contrast ra tio 200:1 (typical) Bright ness 180 nits (typical) Pixel resolution Pitch 0.197 à 0.197 mm Format 1600 à 900 Configuration RGB vertical stripe Backlight LED Char acter d isplay 80 à 25 Total power consumption (varies by display) 2.0 W Viewing angle ±65° horizontal, ±50° vertical (typical) 17.3-inch displa y specifications 117
Hard drive specifications 1-TB* 7 50-GB** 640-GB** 500-GB** 320 -GB** 250-GB** 160-GB** Dimensions Height 12.7 mm 12.7 mm 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 9.5 mm Length 100.2 mm 100.2 mm 100.2 mm 100.4 mm 100.4 mm 100.4 m m 100.4 mm Width 69.9 mm 69.9 mm 69.9 mm 69.9 mm 69.9 mm 69.9 mm 69.9 mm Weight 152 g 152 g 98 g 110 g 110 g 105 g 105 g Interface type SATA (3 GB/sec) SATA (3 GB/sec) SATA (3 GB/sec) SATA SATA SATA SATA Transfer rate Synchronous (maximum) 97 M B/sec 97 MB/s ec 106 MB/ sec 1.1 GB/ sec (internal) 1.1 GB/sec (internal) 1.1 GB/sec (internal) 1.1 GB/ sec (internal) Security ATA security ATA security ATA security ATA security ATA security ATA security ATA security Seek times (typical read, including setting) Single track 2 ms 2 ms 1.5 ms 1.5 ms 1.5 ms 1.5 ms 1.5 ms Average (read/write) 12/16 ms 12/16 ms 12/13 ms 11/13 ms 11/13 ms 11/13 ms 11/13 ms Maximum 21 ms 21 ms 24 ms 22 ms 22 ms 22 ms 22 ms Logical blocks 1,953,525, 168 1,465,149, 168 1,250,263 ,728 976,773,1 68 628,142,4 48 488,397,1 68 312,581,8 08 Disk rotational speed 5400 rpm 7200 and 5400 rpm 7200 and 5400 rpm 7200 and 5400 rpm 7200 and 5400 rpm 7200 and 5400 rpm 7200 and 5400 rpm Operating temperature 0°C to 60°C (32°F to 140°F) *1 TB = 1 trillion bytes when referring to hard driv e storage capacity. Actual ac cessible capacity is les s. **1 GB = 1 billion bytes when referring to hard drive storage capacity . Actual accessible capacity is less. NOTE: Certain restrictions and exclusions appl y. Contact technical support for details. 118 Chapter 6 Specificatio ns
7 Backup and recovery Your computer inclu des tools provided by the op erating system and HP to help you safeguard you r information and re store it if ever ne eded. This chapter provides in formation on the following topics: â Creating a set of recovery discs or a recovery flash drive (Recovery Manager software featur e) â Performing a system re store (from the partition, recovery discs, or a recovery flash drive) â Backing up your information â Recovering a program or driver Restore In the event of hard drive failure, to restore your system to its factory i mage you will need a set of recovery discs or a recovery flash dr ive that you can create using HP Recovery Manager. HP recommends that you use this software to create either a set of recovery discs or a re covery flash drive immediately after software setup. If for some other reason you need to restore your system, this can be achieved using the HP Recovery partition (select mo dels only), withou t the need for recovery discs or a recovery flash drive. To check fo r the presence of a reco very partition, click Start , right-click Computer , click Manage , and then clic k Disk Management . If the recovery partition is present, a Recovery drive is li sted in the window. CAUTION: HP Recovery Manager (partition , or discs/fl ash drive) restores only softwar e that was preinstalled at the factory. Software not provided with this computer must be reinstalled manually. NOTE: Recovery discs have been included if your computer does not have a re covery partitio n. Restore 119
Creating restore media HP recommends that you create ei ther a set of recove ry discs or a rec overy fl ash drive to be sure that you can restore your computer to its original factory state if the hard drive fails, or if for any re ason you cannot restore using the recovery partition tools. Create thes e discs or the flash drive after setti ng up the computer for the first time. NOTE: HP Recovery Manager allows the creati on of on l y one set of recovery discs or one recovery flash drive. Handle these discs or flash dri v e carefully and keep them in a safe place. NOTE: If your computer does not include an integr ated optical drive, you can use an optional external optical drive (purchased separately) to cr eate recovery discs, or you can purchase reco very discs for your comput er from the HP Web site. If you use an external optical drive, it must be connected directly to a USB port on the computer, not to a US B port on an external device, such as a USB hub. Guideline s: â Purchase high-quality DVD-R, DVD R, DVD-R DL, or DVD R DL discs. NOTE: Read-write disc s, such as CD-RW, DVD±RW, do uble-layer DVD±RW, and BD-RE (rewritable Blu- ray) discs, are not compat ible with the Reco very Manager software. â The computer must b e connected to AC power during this process. â Only one set of recovery discs or one recove ry flash drive can be created per computer. NOTE: If you are creating recovery discs, number each disc before inserting into the optical drive. â If necessary, you ca n ex it the program before you have fi nished creating the recovery discs or recovery flash drive. The next time you open Re covery Manager, you will be prompted to continue the backup creation process. To create a set of recovery di scs or a recovery flash drive: 1. Select Start > All Programs > Recovery Manager > Recovery Media Creation . 2. Follow the on-screen instructions. 120 Chapter 7 Backup and recovery
Performing a system restore Recovery Manager software allows you to repair or restore the computer to its original facto ry state. Recovery Manager works from recove ry discs, a recovery flash driv e, or from a dedicated recovery partition (select models only) on the hard drive. NOTE: A system restore needs to be performe d if the co mputer har d drive has failed or if all attempts to correct any functional computer i ssues fail. A system restore should be use d as a final attempt to correct computer issues. Note the following when performi ng a system restore: â You can restore only the system that you have pr eviously backed up . HP recommends that you use HP Recovery Manager to create ei ther a set of rec overy discs or a recovery flash drive as soon a s you set up the computer. â Windows has its own built- in repair featu res, such as Sy stem Restore. If yo u have not already tried these features, try them befo re using Recovery Manager. â Recovery Manager restores only software that was preinstal led at the factory. Software not provided wi th this comput er must be downlo aded from the manufacturer's Web si te or reinstalled from the disc provided by the manufacturer. Restoring using the dedi cated recovery partition (select models only) When using the dedicated recovery partition, there is an option to back u p pictures, music and other audio, videos and movies, record ed TV shows, documents, spreadshe ets and presentations, e- mails, Internet favorites and se ttings during this proces s. To restore the compute r from the recovery pa rtition, follow these ste ps: 1. Access Recovery Manager in either of the following ways: â Select Start > All Progr ams > Recovery Manager > Recovery Manager . â or â â Turn on or restart the compu ter, and then press esc while the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displayed at the botto m of the screen. Then, pr ess f11 while the âF11 (System Recovery)â message is displayed on th e screen. 2. Click System Recovery in the Recovery Manager window. 3. Follow the on-screen instructions. Performing a system restore 121
Restoring using the restore media 1. If possible, back up all personal files. 2. Insert the fir st recovery disc in to the opti cal drive on your computer or an optional external optical drive, and then res tart the computer. â or â Insert the recovery flash drive into a USB port on your computer, and then restart the computer. NOTE: If the computer does not automatically rest art in the Recovery Manager, the computer boot order needs to be changed. 3. Press f9 at syste m bootup. 4. Select the optical drive or the flash drive. 5. Follow the on-screen instructions. Changing the computer boot order To change the boot order for recovery discs: 1. Restart the computer. 2. Press esc while the computer i s restarting, and then pr ess f9 for boot opti ons. 3. Select Internal CD/DVD ROM Drive from the boot optio ns window. To change the boot order for recovery flash drive: 1. Insert the flash drive into a USB port. 2. Restart the computer. 3. Press esc while the computer i s restarting, and then pr ess f9 for boot opti ons. 4. Select the flash drive from the boot option s window. 122 Chapter 7 Backup and recovery
Backing up and recovering your information It is very important to back up your files and keep any new software in a safe place. As you add new software and data files, continue to create backups on a regular basis. How completely you are ab le to recover your system depends on how recent your backup is. NOTE: A recovery fr om your most rece nt backup needs to be performe d if the compu ter has a virus attack or if any major system components fail. In order to correct comp uter issues, a recovery should first be attempted before a system restore is a ttempted. You can back up your information to a n optional external hard drive, a network drive, or discs. Back up your system at the following ti mes: â At regularly scheduled times TIP: Set reminders to back u p your information periodically. â Before the computer is repaired or restor ed â Before you add or modify hardware or software Guideline s: â Create system restore points using the Windows System Restore feature, and periodically copy them to an optical disc or an external hard d r ive. For more information on using system re store points, refer to Using Windows system re store points . â Store personal files in the Docume nts libr ary and back up this folder periodically. â Save customized settings in a w indow, toolbar, or menu bar by taking a screen shot of your settings. The screen shot can be a time-saver if you have to re-enter yo ur preferences. To create a sc reen shot: 1. Display the sc reen you want to save. 2. Copy the screen image: To copy only the ac tive wind ow, press alt fn prt sc . To copy the entire scre en, press fn prt sc . 3. Open a word-proce ssing document, and then selec t Edit > Paste . The screen im age is added to the doc ument. 4. Save and print the document. Backing up and rec overing your information 123
Using Windows Back up and Restore Guideline s: â Be sure that the computer is connected to AC power before you start the bac kup process. â Allow enough time to complete th e ba ckup process . Depending on fi le sizes, it may ta ke over an hour. To create a backup: 1. Select Start > Control Panel > System an d Security > Backup and Re store . 2. Follow the on-screen instructi ons to schedule and create a backup. NOTE: Windows includes the User Acco unt Control feature to improve the security of the comput er. You may be pro mpted for your pe rmission or passw ord for tasks such as in stalling software, running utilities, or changing Window s settings. Refer to Hel p and Support for more informatio n. Using Windows system restore points A system restore point allows you to save and name a snapshot of your hard drive at a specific point in time. You can then recover back to that point if you want to reverse subsequent changes. NOTE: Recovering to an earlier restore point does not affect data files s aved or e -mails crea ted since the last rest ore point. You also can create additional rest ore points to pro vide increased prot ection for your files and settings. When to create restore points â Before y ou add or mo dify softwa re or hardwa re â Periodically , whenever the computer is funct ioning optimally NOTE: If you revert to a restore point and then change your mind, you can reverse the restoration. 124 Chapter 7 Backup and recovery
Create a system restore point 1. Select Start > Control Panel > System and Security > System . 2. In the left pane, click System Protection . 3. Click the System Protection tab. 4. Follow the on-screen instructions. Restore to a previous date and time To revert to a restore point (creat ed at a previous date and time), when the computer was fu nctioning optimally, follow these steps: 1. Select Start > Control Panel > System and Security > System . 2. In the left pane, click System Protection . 3. Click the System Protection tab. 4. Click System Restore . 5. Follow the on-screen instructions. Backing up and rec overing your information 125
8 Power cord set requirements The wide-range input fe ature of the computer permit s it to operat e from any line volt age from 100 t o 120 volts AC, or from 220 to 240 volts AC The 3-conductor power cord set in cluded with the computer meets the requ irements for use in the country or region where the equipment is purchased. Power cord sets for use in other countries and regions must meet the requirements o f the country or region where the computer is use d. Requirements for all countries The following requireme nts are applic able to all countries and regions: â The length of the power co rd set must be at least 1.5 m (5 .0 ft) and no more than 2.0 m (6.5 ft). â All power cord se ts must be approv ed by an acc eptable accr edited agency r esponsi ble for evaluation in the country or region whe re the power cord set will be used. â The power cord sets must have a minimum curren t c apacity of 10 a mps and a nom inal voltage rating of 125 or 250 V AC, as required by the power system of each country or region. â The appliance coupler must meet the mechanic al configuration of an EN 60 320/IEC 32 0 Standard Sheet C13 connector for mating with th e appliance i nlet on the back of the computer. 126 Chapter 8 Power cord set requirements
Requirements for specific countries and regions Country/region Accredited agenc y Applicable note number Australia EANSW 1 Austria OVE 1 Belgium CEBC 1 Canada CSA 2 Denmark DEMKO 1 Finland FIMKO 1 France UTE 1 Germany VDE 1 Italy IMQ 1 Japan METI 3 The Netherlands KEMA 1 Norway NEMKO 1 The People's Republic of China COC 5 South Korea EK 4 Sweden SEMKO 1 Switzlerland SEV 1 Taiwan BSMI 4 The United Kingdom BSI 1 The United States UL 2 1. The flexible cord must be Type HO5VV-F, 3-conductor, 1.0-mm² conducto r size. Power cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the cert ification mark of the agency responsible for evaluation in the country or region where it will be used. 2. The flexible cord must be Type SPT-3 or equivalent, No . 18 AWG, 3-conductor. The wall plug mus t be a two-pole grounding type with a NEMA 5-15P (15 A, 125 V) or NEMA 6-15P (15 A, 250 V) configuration. 3. The appliance coupler, flexible co rd, and wall plug must bear a âTâ mark and registration number in accordance with the Japanese Dentori Law. The flexible cord must be Type VCT or VCTF, 3-conductor, 1.00-mm² conductor size. The wall p lug must be a two-pole grounding type with a Japanese In dustrial Standard C83 03 (7 A, 125 V) configuration. 4. The flexible cord must be Type RVV, 3-conductor, 0.75-mm² conductor size. P o wer cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the cert ification mark of the agency responsible for evaluation in the country or region where it will be used. 5. The flexible cord must be Type VCTF, 3-conductor, 0.75-mm² conducto r size. Powe r cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the cert ification mark of the agency responsible for evaluation in the country or region where it will be used. Requirements for specific countries and reg ions 127
9 Recycling Battery When a battery has reached the end of its useful life , do not dispose of th e battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulati ons in your area for computer battery dis posal. Display WARNING! The backlight contains mercury. Caut ion must be exercised when removing and handling the backlight to avoid damaging this component and ca using exposu re to the mercury. CAUTION: The procedures in this chap ter can resu lt in damage to display components. The only components intended for recyclin g purposes are the liquid crystal display (LCD) panel and the backlight. When you remove these co mponents, handle them carefully. NOTE: Materials Disposal. This HP product contains me rcury in the backlight in t he display assembly that might require special handling at end-of- life. Disposal of mercury ma y be regulated because of environmental considerations. For di sposal or recycling information, contact your local author ities, or see the Electronic Industries Alliance (EI A) Web site at http://www.eiai.org . This section provides di sassembly instructions fo r the display assembly. Th e display assembly must be disassembled t o gain access to the ba cklight (1) and the liquid crystal display (LC D) panel (2) . NOTE: The proced ures provided i n this chapter are general d isassembly instru ctions. Specific de tails, such as screw sizes, quantities, and locati ons, and component shapes an d sizes, can vary from one computer model to another. 128 Chapter 9 Recycling
Perform the following steps: 1. Remove all screw covers (1) and screws (2) that secure the display bezel to the display assembly. 2. Lift up and out on the le ft and right inside edges (1) and the top and bottom i nside edge s (2) of the display bezel unti l the bezel disengages from the dis play assembly. 3. Remove the display bezel (3) . Display 129
4. Disconnect all display panel cables (1) from the display inverter and remove the inverter 2 . 5. Remove all screws (1) that secure th e display panel assembly to the displ ay enclosure. 6. Remove the disp lay panel assem bly (2) from the display enclosu re. 7. Turn the display panel assembly upside down. 8. Remove all screws that secure the di splay panel frame to the display panel. 9. Use a sharp- edged tool to c ut the tape (1) that secures the si des of the display panel to the display panel frame . 130 Chapter 9 Recycling
10. Remove the display panel frame (2) from the display panel. 11. Remove the screws (1) that secure the backlight cover to the display panel. 12. Lift the top edge of the backlight cover (2) and swing it ou tward. 13. Remove the backli ght cover. 14. Turn the display p anel right-side up. 15. Remove the backlight cables (1) from the clip (2) in the display panel. 16. Turn the display panel upside d own. Display 131
17. Remove the backlight frame from the display panel. WARNING! The backlight contains mercury. Exercise caution when removing and handling the backlight to avoid damaging this componen t and c ausing expo su re to the mercury. 18. Remove the backlight fr om the backlight frame. 19. Disconnect the display cable (1) from the LCD panel. 20. Remove the screws (2) that secure the LCD panel to the display rear panel. 21. Release the LCD pane l (3) from the display rear panel. 132 Chapter 9 Recycling
22. Release the tape (4) that secures the LCD panel to the display rear panel. 23. Remove the LCD panel. 24. Recycle the LCD panel and backlight. Display 133
Index A AC adapter light 20 AC adapter, spare p art numbers 35, 37 Action keys 14 antenna locations 17 removal 109 spare part number 33, 41, 110 Antenna Kit, spare pa rt number 33, 41, 110 audio, product desc ription 7 audio-in jack 19 audio-out jack 19 B b key 14 base enclosure, spare part numbers 30, 41, 44 battery removal 52 spare part numbers 31, 37, 39, 52 battery bay 21 battery rele ase latch 2 1 Blu-ray Disc R/RW with SuperMulti DVD±R/RW Double-Layer Drive with LightScribe precautio ns 47 removal 53 spare part numbers 30, 31, 35, 42, 53 Blu-ray Dis c ROM with Sup erMulti DVD±R/RW Double-Layer Drive with LightScribe precautio ns 47 removal 53 spare part numbers 31, 35, 41, 53 Blu-ray ROM with LightScribe DV D ±R/RW Super Mult i Double- Layer Drive spare part numbers 45 Bluetooth module removal 80 spare part numbers 26, 37, 44, 80 Bluetooth module cable removal 81 spare part number 26, 42, 80 bottom components 21 button components 12 buttons optical drive eject 20 power 12 TouchPad 16 Web browser 13 C Cable Kit, spare p art number 26, 41 cables, service c onsiderations 46 caps lock light 15 chipset, product description 3 components bottom 21 buttons 12 display 17 front 18 keys 13 left-s ide 19 lights 15 right-side 20 TouchPad 16 computer feet, locations 52 computer major components 24 connectors, service considerations 46 D device specificati ons 116 Digital Media Slot 18 display assembly removal 103 spare part numbers 25, 41, 44, 103 subcomponents 33 display bezel removal 105 spare part numb er 33, 41, 105 Display Cable Kit, sp are part number 33, 41, 109 display components 17 display enclosure, spare part numbers 33, 41, 42 Display Hinge Kit, sp are part number 33, 41, 108 display lid switch board removal 76 spare part number 26, 42, 76 display panel product description 5 removal 106 spare part numbers 33, 42, 44, 107 display panel cable removal 108 spare part numb er 33, 41, 109 Display Rubber Kit, sp are part number 33, 41 Display Screw Kit, spare part number 33, 42 134 Index
display specific ations 117 drive light 20 drives, preventing damage 47 DVD±RW and CD-RW Super Multi Double-Layer Combo Drive with LightScribe spare part numbers 45 DVD±RW Double-Layer LightScribe SuperMulti Drive precautio ns 47 removal 53, 54 spare part numbers 31, 35, 41, 53, 54 E electrostatic discharge 47 equipment guidelines 50 esc key 13 Ethernet, product description 7 external media card s, product description 8 external monitor port 19 F fan/heat sink assembly removal 91 spare part numbers 29, 41, 42, 43, 91 feet, locations 52 fingerprint reader board removal 72 spare part number 26, 41, 72 fingerprint reader light 15 fingerprint reader, lo cation 13 fn key 13 front components 18 front speakers removal 84 spare part number 26, 40, 84 G graphics, pr oduct descri ption 4 grounding guidelines 47 guidelines equipment 50 grounding 47 packagin g 49 transpo rting 49 workstation 49 H hard drive precaution s 47 product description 6 removal 56 spare part numbers 30, 34, 37, 38, 39, 42 , 56 specifications 118 hard drive bay 21 Hard Drive Hardware Kit, spare part number 30, 34, 42, 56 HDMI port 19 headphone ja ck 19 hinge removal 108 spare part numb er 33, 41, 108 J jacks audio-in 19 audio-ou t 19 headphone 19 microphone 19 network 19 RJ-45 19 K key components 13 keyboard product description 9 removal 65 spare part numbers 25, 40, 41, 65 keys Action 14 b1 4 esc 13 fn 13 num lk 14 numeric keypad 14 Windows applications 14 Windows logo 13 L left-side components 19 light components 15 lights AC adapter 20 caps lock 15 drive 20 fingerprint reader 15 mute 15 optical drive 20 power 15, 20 TouchPad off 15, 16 TouchPad on 15, 16 webcam 17 wireless 15 M mass storage device precaution s 47 removal 53 spare part numbers 30, 34, 53 memory module product description 5 removal 61 spare part numbers 31, 38, 41, 61 microphone locations 17 product description 7 microphone jack 19 model name 1 monitor port 19 mute light 15 N network jack 19 num lk key 14 numeric keypad 14 O operating system, product description 10 optical drive location 20 precaution s 47 product description 6 removal 53 spare part numbers 30, 34, 41, 42, 45, 53 optical drive bay space sav er, spare part number 31, 35 optical drive bezel, illus trated 35 optical driv e bracke t illustrated 35 removal 55 Index 135
optical drive cable illustrated 35 removal 99 optical drive eject but ton 20 Optical Drive Hardware Kit, spare part number 31, 35, 42, 54 optical drive light 20 P packaging gu idelines 49 plastic parts, se rvice considerations 46 Plastics Kit, spare par t number 42 pointing device, product description 9 ports external monitor 19 HDMI 19 monitor port 19 product desc ription 9 SuperSpeed USB 19 USB 19, 20 power button 12 power button board removal 74 spare part number 26, 41, 74 power connector 20 power connector ca ble, removal 86 power cord requirements for all countries 126 requirements fo r specific countries and regions 127 set requirem ents 126 spare part numbers 35, 36, 37 power light 15, 20 power requirements, product description 9 processor product desc ription 1 removal 95 spare part numbers 28, 38, 39, 43, 95 product description audio 7 chipset 3 display panel 5 Ethernet 7 external media cards 8 graphics 4 hard drives 6 keyboard 9 memory module 5 microphone 7 operating system 10 optical drive 6 pointing devi ce 9 ports 9 power require ments 9 processors 1 product nam e 1 security 9 serviceability 10 video 7 wireless 7 product name 1 R rear speakers removal 100 spare part numb er 30, 42, 100 recycling battery 128 display 128 remote control, spare part number 36 removal/replacement preliminarie s 46 procedures 51 right-side components 20 RJ-45 jack 19 RTC battery removal 60 spare part number 31, 41, 60 S Screw Kit, spare p art number 36, 40 SD Card read er board removal 78 spare part number 26, 41, 78 security cable slot 20 security, product description 9 service considerati ons cables 46 connectors 46 plastic parts 46 service cover removal 54 spare part number 32 service tag 23, 51 serviceability, prod uct description 10 Setup Utility (BIOS) 111 solid-state drive precaution s 47 spare part numb er 30, 34, 41, 56 speakers locations 18 removal 84, 100 spare part numbers 26, 30, 40, 42, 84, 100 specifications device 116 display 117 hard drive 118 subwoofer location 21 removal 102 spare part numb er 30, 39, 102 SuperSpeed USB port 19 system board removal 87 spare part numbers 26, 39, 42, 43, 44, 45 , 87 System Diagnostics 111 T Thermal Material Kit, sp are part numbers 28, 41, 42, 43, 44, 88 tools required 46 top cover removal 68 spare part numbers 26, 39, 42, 68 TouchPad button 16 TouchPad co mponents 16 TouchPad icon 16 TouchPad off light 15, 16 TouchPad on light 15, 16 TouchPad zone 16 transporting guidelines 49 136 Index
U USB board removal 82 spare part number 26, 42 USB DVB-T dipole antenna, spare part number 36, 37 USB DVB-T TV tuner, spare p art number 36, 37 USB port 19, 20 V vents 19, 21 video, product description 7 W Web browser button 13 webcam 17 webcam light 17 webcam/microphone module removal 107 spare part number 33, 39, 108 Windows appl ications ke y 14 Windows logo key 13 wireless antenna locations 17 removal 109 spare part number 33, 41, 110 wireless light 15 wireless, pr oduct descri ption 7 WLAN module removal 62 spare part numbers 31, 37, 38, 41, 44, 62 workstation guidelines 49 X x spare part number 45 Index 137